IOMEGA CORP
S-3/A, 1996-05-30
COMPUTER STORAGE DEVICES
Previous: NORTH FORK BANCORPORATION INC, SC 13D, 1996-05-30
Next: GLOBUS GROWTH GROUP INC, 10-K, 1996-05-30



<PAGE>
   
      AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 30, 1996
    
   
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-03577
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                           --------------------------
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-3
    
                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
                               IOMEGA CORPORATION
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
                           --------------------------
 
               DELAWARE                                86-0385884
    (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF      (I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
    INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)
 
                           --------------------------
                     1821 WEST IOMEGA WAY, ROY, UTAH 84067
                                 (801) 778-1000
  (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
                   REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
                           --------------------------
                               LEONARD C. PURKIS
           SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT, FINANCE AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
                               IOMEGA CORPORATION
                              1821 WEST IOMEGA WAY
                        ROY, UTAH 84067  (801) 778-1000
 (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                             OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
                           --------------------------
                                   COPIES TO:
 
       PATRICK J. RONDEAU, ESQ.                    BROOKS STOUGH, ESQ.
        JONATHAN WOLFMAN, ESQ.                   ROBERT G. SPECKER, ESQ.
             HALE AND DORR                         MARK P. LONG, ESQ.
            60 State Street                     GUNDERSON DETTMER STOUGH
      Boston, Massachusetts 02109         VILLENEUVE FRANKLIN & HACHIGIAN, LLP
            (617) 526-6000                           600 Hansen Way
                                               Palo Alto, California 94306
                                                     (415) 843-0500
 
                           --------------------------
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
            As soon as practicable after the effective date hereof.
                           --------------------------
    If  the  only securities  being registered  on this  form are  being offered
pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the  following
box. / /
    If  any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act  of
1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest
reinvestment plans, check the following box. / /
    If  this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the  Securities Act, check the following box,  and
list  the Securities Act registration statement  number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. / /
                   ------------------------------------------
    If this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule  462(c)
under  the Securities Act, check the following  box, and list the Securities Act
registration statement number  of the earlier  effective registration  statement
for the same offering. / /
    If  delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. / /
   
                   ------------------------------------------
    
   
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     PROPOSED MAXIMUM
                                                         OFFERING        PROPOSED MAXIMUM
     TITLE OF EACH CLASS           AMOUNT TO BE         PRICE PER           AGGREGATE           AMOUNT OF
OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED    REGISTERED (1)        SHARE (2)       OFFERING PRICE (2)   REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                             <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Common Stock, $.03 1/3 par
 value per share..............   5,750,000 shares        $43.375           $249,406,250       $86,002.16(3)
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(1) Includes 750,000 shares which the  Underwriters have the option to  purchase
    from the Company to cover overallotments, if any. See "Underwriting." Number
    of  shares gives effect to the two-for-one stock split (effected in the form
    of a 100% stock dividend) on May 20, 1996.
    
   
(2) Estimated solely for purposes  of calculating the registration fee  pursuant
    to  Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act  of 1933 and based upon the closing
    price of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market on May 29, 1996.
    
   
(3) $60,474.14 was paid upon the initial filing of this Registration Statement.
    
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE  OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE  A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE  IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A)  OF
THE  SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE  COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SECTION 8(A),  MAY
DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
   
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MAY 30, 1996
    
PROSPECTUS
 
                                5,000,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
    All of the  shares of  Common Stock  offered hereby  are being  sold by  the
Company.  The Company's  Common Stock  is quoted  on the  Nasdaq National Market
under the symbol  IOMG. On May  10, 1996, the  last reported sale  price of  the
Common  Stock on the Nasdaq National Market  was $31 per share. See "Price Range
of Common Stock and Dividend Policy."
                                 --------------
            THE SHARES OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK.
                SEE "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 5 OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
                                 -------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES  AND
  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS THE
     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
       PASSED UPON  THE ACCURACY  OR ADEQUACY  OF THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY
             REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PRICE TO        UNDERWRITING      PROCEEDS TO
                                                     PUBLIC         DISCOUNT (1)      COMPANY (2)
<S>                                             <C>               <C>               <C>
Per Share.....................................         $                 $                 $
Total (3).....................................         $                 $                 $
</TABLE>
 
(1) See "Underwriting" for indemnification arrangements with the Underwriters.
(2) Before deducting estimated expenses of $450,000 payable by the Company.
(3)  The Company has granted to the  Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up
    to  750,000   additional   shares   of  Common   Stock   solely   to   cover
    over-allotments,  if any. If all such  shares are purchased, the total Price
    to Public, Underwriting Discount and Proceeds to Company will be $         ,
    $        and $        , respectively. See "Underwriting."
                                 --------------
    The  shares of Common Stock are offered by the several Underwriters, subject
to prior sale, receipt and  acceptance by them and subject  to the right of  the
Underwriters  to  reject  any  order  in whole  or  in  part  and  certain other
conditions. It is expected that certificates  for such shares will be  available
for  delivery on or  about                , 1996 at  the office of  the agent of
Hambrecht & Quist LLC in New York, New York.
 
HAMBRECHT & QUIST                                              J.P. MORGAN & CO.
 
           , 1996
<PAGE>
[Picture of Company products]
 
    Iomega and Bernoulli are registered trademarks of the Company and Zip,  Jaz,
Ditto  and the Iomega logo  are trademarks of the  Company. All other trademarks
used are the property of their respective owners.
 
IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS  OFFERING, THE  UNDERWRITERS MAY  OVER-ALLOT OR  EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK OF
THE  COMPANY AT  A LEVEL ABOVE  THAT WHICH  MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL  IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARY  IS QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY  THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION, INCLUDING "RISK FACTORS," APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    Iomega Corporation designs, manufactures and markets innovative data storage
solutions, based  on removable-media  technology,  that help  personal  computer
users  "manage their stuff."  The Company's data  storage solutions include disk
drives marketed under the  tradenames Zip and  Jaz and a  family of tape  drives
marketed  under the tradename Ditto.  The Company's Zip and  Jaz disk drives are
designed to provide users  with the benefits of  high capacity and rapid  access
generally   associated  with  hard  disk  drives   and  the  benefits  of  media
removability generally associated with floppy disk drives, including  expandable
storage  capacity  and  data  transportability,  management  and  security.  The
Company's Ditto  tape  drives  primarily  address the  market  for  backup  data
storage.  Iomega's objective is to establish its  Zip, Jaz and Ditto products as
industry-standard data  storage solutions  for personal  computer users  and  to
capture  an  increasing  share of  the  overall personal  computer  data storage
market. The Company began shipping  Zip drives in March  1995 and Jaz drives  in
December 1995.
 
    In  recent years, advances in software, including memory-intensive graphical
operating  systems,  integrated  suites  of  word  processing,  spreadsheet  and
database  applications, and multimedia applications, have dramatically increased
the storage  needs  of personal  computer  users. In  addition,  data-intensive,
multimedia  files  are increasingly  being made  available to  personal computer
users via  on-line services  and the  Internet.  Largely as  a result  of  these
trends,  personal computer users increasingly need to expand the amount of their
available primary storage,  which is typically  provided by a  hard disk  drive.
Personal  computer  users  are  also  increasingly  seeking  a  reliable  way to
transport large  files  between computers  (such  as  between a  work  and  home
computer),  to  organize and  segregate  files of  different  users of  the same
computer, to secure  sensitive files from  unauthorized viewing or  modification
and  to backup  data. The Company  believes that neither  conventional hard disk
drives nor floppy disk  drives are capable of  adequately addressing all of  the
information storage and management needs of personal computer users.
 
    The  Company believes  its Zip, Jaz  and Ditto drives  address emerging data
storage needs and provide customers what  they want at affordable price  points.
Designed as a mass-market product, the Zip drive is an affordable storage device
for  hard drive  expansion, data  transportability, management  and security and
data backup. The Zip  drive uses 100-megabyte ("MB")  disks to provide 70  times
the capacity of traditional floppy disks. The external model of the Zip drive is
generally  sold by retailers for  under $200 and the  100-MB disks are typically
sold for  under  $15  per disk  in  ten-packs.  The Jaz  drive,  which  features
1-gigabyte  ("GB") removable disks and  performance specifications comparable to
most current hard disk drives, is designed to address the high-performance needs
of personal computer users in three areas: multimedia applications (audio, video
and graphics), personal  data management  and hard drive  upgrade. The  external
model  of the Jaz drive is generally sold by retailers for under $600, while the
internal version is  generally sold by  retailers for under  $500. The 1-GB  Jaz
disks typically sell for approximately $99 per disk in five-packs. The Company's
Ditto family of tape drives addresses the need of personal computer users for an
easy-to-use,  dependable  backup  solution.  The  Company  offers  internal  and
external Ditto  tape  drives based  on  leading industry  standards  ranging  in
capacity from 420 MBs to 3.2 GBs (using data compression).
 
    The  Company  believes  that  broadening the  distribution  of  its products
through strategic  alliances with  a variety  of companies  within the  computer
industry  is a  crucial element in  the Company's objective  of establishing its
products as industry standards. The  Company has OEM arrangements with  personal
computer  manufacturers such as Hewlett-Packard  Company, Micron Electronics and
Power Computing for the incorporation of  Zip, Jaz or Ditto drives into  certain
models  of  their computers,  has OEM  arrangements with  audio/visual equipment
manufacturers such as  Sony Pictures for  the incorporation of  Jaz drives  into
certain  products and is seeking to  establish additional OEM relationships. The
Company has also entered into  private or co-branding arrangements with  several
companies,  including  Maxell,  Seiko  Epson,  Fuji,  Memorex,  Sony  and Reveal
Computer Products,  which are  selling  private or  co-branded versions  of  Zip
drives  and disks. In addition,  the Company's products are  sold by most of the
leading retailers of computer products in the United States, including Best Buy,
Circuit City, CompUSA, Computer City, Electronics Boutique and PC Warehouse.
 
    During 1994 and 1995, the Company's new management led the Company through a
significant restructuring  and repositioned  the  Company as  a  customer-driven
vendor  to the  broad personal  computer market.  The Company's  development and
introduction of  its  Zip,  Jaz  and  Ditto  products  was  facilitated  by  the
experience  in removable-media  storage technology  developed by  the Company in
connection with its Bernoulli disk drives,  which were first introduced in  1982
and won numerous awards for design and performance.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Common Stock offered by the Company..........  5,000,000 shares
Common Stock to be outstanding after the
offering.....................................  124,541,442 shares (1)
Use of proceeds..............................  Working capital needs and other general
                                               corporate purposes, including the repayment of
                                               a portion of the amounts outstanding under the
                                               Company's bank loan agreements
Nasdaq National Market symbol................  IOMG
</TABLE>
    
 
                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,        ----------------------
                                                                ----------------------------------   APRIL 2,   MARCH 31,
                                                                   1993        1994        1995        1995        1996
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                             <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Sales.......................................................  $  147,123  $  141,380  $  326,225  $   40,112  $  221,988
  Cost of sales...............................................      92,585      92,453     235,838      28,395     162,088
  Gross margin................................................      54,538      48,927      90,387      11,717      59,900
  Restructuring costs (reversal)..............................      14,131      (2,491)     --          --          --
  Operating income (loss).....................................     (17,427)       (882)     13,622      (1,758)     19,753
  Net income (loss)...........................................     (14,525)     (1,882)      8,503      (1,498)     10,121
  Net income (loss) per common share (2)......................  $    (0.13) $    (0.02) $     0.07  $    (0.01) $     0.08
  Weighted average common shares outstanding (2)..............     108,636     110,838     120,360     112,602     128,838
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                        --------------------------
                                                                                          ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED(3)
                                                                                        ----------  --------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>         <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash and cash equivalents...........................................................  $      701   $    147,501
  Working capital.....................................................................      54,397        201,197
  Total assets........................................................................     341,366        488,166
  Stockholders' equity................................................................      73,595        220,395
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Based  upon number  of shares  outstanding as  of April  30, 1996.  Does not
    include 13,199,534 shares reserved for  issuance upon the exercise of  stock
    options  outstanding as  of April  30, 1996  at a  weighted average exercise
    price of $2.12  per share  or approximately 4,658,228  shares issuable  upon
    conversion  of the Company's 6 3/4%  Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2001
    (the "Convertible Notes").
 
(2) See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(3)
    Adjusted to reflect the sale of the 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered
    hereby at  an assumed  public  offering price  of  $31.00 per  share,  after
    deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses.
 
                            ------------------------
 
   
    EXCEPT  AS OTHERWISE NOTED, (I) ALL SHARE  AND PER SHARE INFORMATION IN THIS
PROSPECTUS HAS BEEN  ADJUSTED TO GIVE  EFFECT TO THE  FIVE-FOR-FOUR STOCK  SPLIT
(EFFECTED  AS A 25% STOCK  DIVIDEND) THAT OCCURRED IN  NOVEMBER 1994, THE THREE-
FOR-ONE STOCK SPLIT (EFFECTED AS A 200% STOCK DIVIDEND) THAT OCCURRED IN JANUARY
1996 AND THE TWO-FOR-ONE  STOCK SPLIT (EFFECTED AS  A 100% STOCK DIVIDEND)  THAT
OCCURRED ON MAY 20, 1996, AND (II) THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS ASSUMES NO
EXERCISE OF THE UNDERWRITERS' OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION.
    
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    THE  SHARES OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. THE FOLLOWING RISK
FACTORS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED CAREFULLY IN  ADDITION TO THE OTHER INFORMATION  IN
THIS  PROSPECTUS BEFORE  PURCHASING THE SHARES  OF COMMON  STOCK OFFERED HEREBY.
EXCEPT FOR THE HISTORICAL INFORMATION  CONTAINED HEREIN, THE DISCUSSION IN  THIS
PROSPECTUS  CONTAINS CERTAIN  FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT  INVOLVE RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES,  SUCH  AS   STATEMENTS  OF  THE   COMPANY'S  PLANS,   OBJECTIVES,
EXPECTATIONS  AND INTENTIONS. THE CAUTIONARY  STATEMENTS MADE IN THIS PROSPECTUS
SHOULD BE READ  AS BEING  APPLICABLE TO ALL  RELATED FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS
WHEREVER  THEY APPEAR  IN THIS  PROSPECTUS. THE  COMPANY'S ACTUAL  RESULTS COULD
DIFFER MATERIALLY  FROM  THOSE  DISCUSSED  HERE. FACTORS  THAT  COULD  CAUSE  OR
CONTRIBUTE  TO SUCH DIFFERENCES INCLUDE THOSE  DISCUSSED BELOW, AS WELL AS THOSE
DISCUSSED ELSEWHERE HEREIN.
 
    ABSENCE OF SUPPLY CONTRACTS; DEPENDENCE ON SUPPLIERS; SHORTAGES OF  CRITICAL
COMPONENTS.  Many components incorporated in, or used in the manufacture of, the
Company's  products  are currently  only available  from sole  source suppliers.
Moreover, the  Company has  experienced  difficulty in  the past,  is  currently
experiencing some difficulty and expects to continue to experience difficulty in
the  future, in obtaining a sufficient supply of many key components on a timely
basis. For example, many  of the integrated circuits  used in the Company's  Zip
and  Jaz drives  are currently  available only  from sole  source suppliers. The
Company has at times  been unable to  obtain a sufficient  supply of certain  of
these  integrated circuits due  to industry-wide shortages, and  there can be no
assurance that the Company will be able  to obtain a sufficient supply to  fully
satisfy  the  Company's demands  for such  integrated circuits.  These component
shortages have limited the Company's ability  to produce sufficient Zip and  Jaz
drives to meet market demand and have limited the Company's ability to implement
certain  cost  reduction and  productivity  improvement plans,  and  the Company
expects that the  shortage of  components may limit  production of  Zip and  Jaz
products  for the  foreseeable future.  The Company  also experienced difficulty
during 1995 in obtaining a sufficient supply of the servowriting equipment  used
in  the manufacture of Zip  disks. Such equipment shortages  in 1995 limited the
Company's production of Zip  disks, and there can  be no assurance that  similar
equipment shortages will not occur in the future.
 
    The  Company purchases  all of  its sole  and limited  source components and
equipment pursuant  to purchase  orders placed  from  time to  time and  has  no
guaranteed  supply arrangements.  The inability to  obtain sufficient components
and equipment, to obtain or develop alternative sources of supply at competitive
prices and quality, or to avoid  manufacturing delays could prevent the  Company
from  producing sufficient quantities of its  products to satisfy market demand,
result in  delays  in product  shipments,  increase the  Company's  material  or
manufacturing  costs or  cause an  imbalance in  the inventory  level of certain
components. Moreover, difficulties in obtaining sufficient components may  cause
the Company to modify the design of its products to use a more readily available
component,  and  such design  modifications  may result  in  product performance
problems. Any or  all of  these problems  could in turn  result in  the loss  of
customers,  provide  an opportunity  for  competing products  to  achieve market
acceptance and otherwise adversely affect  the Company's business and  financial
results. See "Business--Manufacturing."
 
    RECENT  INTRODUCTION OF ZIP AND JAZ;  UNCERTAINTY OF MARKET ACCEPTANCE.  Zip
products accounted for a substantial majority of the Company's sales in 1995 and
the Company  expects that  sales of  Zip and  Jaz products  will account  for  a
substantial  majority of the Company's sales in 1996. The Company's Zip products
commenced commercial  shipment  in  March 1995  and  an  internal  IDE-interface
version  of the Zip drive, the interface  most commonly required by OEM vendors,
commenced commercial shipment in  the first quarter of  1996. Although sales  of
Zip  products were  the primary reason  for the Company's  revenue growth during
1995, such sales may be attributable in large part to the novelty of the product
and the initial publicity  surrounding the introduction of  Zip, and may not  be
indicative  of the  long-term demand  for the product.  In an  effort to improve
performance and reduce costs, the Company continues to refine the product design
for Zip, which  could result in  shipment delays or  performance problems. As  a
result  of the  Zip drive's recent  introduction, it is  difficult to accurately
assess the ultimate market acceptance  of Zip because of uncertainty  concerning
the  size and characteristics  of the market  for Zip, the  extent of the market
demand for  Zip  and  the  competition  that  Zip  will  confront.  Accordingly,
investors  should not assume that the sales growth experienced by the Company in
1995 and the first quarter of 1996 is an indication of future sales.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
    The Company began shipping Jaz drives and disks in December 1995. As is  the
case  with Zip, the  Company cannot yet accurately  assess the market acceptance
Jaz will  achieve due  to uncertainties  regarding the  market for  Jaz and  the
competition  it will confront. Moreover, the Company is continuing to refine the
product design for Jaz, and there can be no assurance that the Company will  not
experience  problems or delays as it begins to manufacture and ship Jaz products
in higher volume. In addition, the  Jaz drive incorporates hard disk  technology
that  has not previously been used in any other removable-media cartridge drives
with similar performance characteristics, and there can be no assurance that Jaz
will perform  as  the  Company  expects  or  attain  the  lifespan  the  Company
anticipates.  For the  foregoing reasons,  and because  of differences  in their
price and target markets, investors should not assume that Jaz will receive  the
initial market acceptance that Zip has experienced.
 
    In  addition, the market acceptance Zip and Jaz will achieve is difficult to
assess because their product features are fundamentally different from the  most
popular  data storage  devices today (hard  disk drives, floppy  disk drives and
CD-ROM drives). No new  type of read/writable data  storage device has  achieved
widespread market acceptance in recent years, and there can be no assurance that
Zip and Jaz will achieve widespread market acceptance. Moreover, the two formats
of  removable-media storage  which have  gained widespread  market acceptance to
date--floppy  disk  drives  and  CD-ROM   drives--are  both  used  by   software
manufacturers  as a means  of software distribution.  The Company's products are
not intended for use in software  distribution, and the Company does not  expect
that  its products will  be so used. The  market acceptance of  Zip and Jaz will
also depend upon a number of other factors, including the ability of the Company
to  produce  a   sufficient  supply  of   Zip  and  Jaz   products  (see   "Risk
Factors--Absence  of  Supply Contracts;  Dependence  on Suppliers;  Shortages of
Critical Components"  and  "--Reliance  on  Non-Binding  Contract  Manufacturing
Relationships"),  the price, performance and  other characteristics of competing
solutions  introduced  by  other  vendors   and  the  timing  of  such   product
introductions  (see "Risk Factors--Competition"), the  success of the Company in
establishing OEM arrangements  for Zip  and Jaz with  leading personal  computer
manufacturers (see "Risk Factors-- Dependence on Non-Binding Strategic Marketing
Alliances;  Need  to Establish  Additional Alliances")  and  the success  of the
Company in generating demand  for Zip and Jaz  by educating consumers about  the
possible uses for such products. The failure of Zip or Jaz to achieve widespread
commercial  acceptance would  have a  material adverse  effect on  the Company's
business.
 
    RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH GROWTH OF BUSINESS.  The Company's business has  grown
significantly  in the past year, with sales increasing from $40.1 million in the
first quarter of 1995 to $222.0 million in the first quarter of 1996.  Moreover,
the Company has significantly restructured its business over the past two years,
introducing  the Zip  drive in March  1995, the  Jaz drive in  December 1995 and
several new  Ditto products  during  1995 and  1996. Products  introduced  since
January  1, 1995 now  generate the substantial majority  of the Company's sales.
The growth and restructuring of  the Company's business, including its  internal
operations,  has placed significant demands on the systems and management of the
Company. For example,  demand for the  Company's Zip disk  drives has  generally
exceeded the Company's manufacturing capacity. In addition, this business growth
and  restructuring have resulted in additional  personnel needs and an increased
level  of  responsibility  for  management  personnel.  To  manage  its   growth
effectively,  the Company will be required to continue to expand and improve its
internal operations  and systems  (including manufacturing,  logistics,  product
development,  management information  systems, accounting systems  and sales and
marketing) and to expand and manage its employee base. The Company has  recently
added  or  expects to  add several  key  managers, including  a new  Senior Vice
President, Operations, and there  can be no  assurance as to  the rate at  which
these  managers will be  effectively assimilated into  the Company's business or
operate effectively as a management team.  The Company will also be required  to
effectively  expand  and manage  the independent  contractors which  the Company
intends to use  to manufacture a  majority of  its products in  the future.  The
Company's  inability to manage growth effectively  could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's operating results. See "Selected Consolidated  Financial
Data," "Business--Employees" and "Management."
 
    RECENT  OPERATING LOSSES; QUARTERLY FLUCTUATIONS  IN OPERATING RESULTS; RISK
OF FAILURE TO SATISFY MARKET EXPECTATIONS.   The Company incurred net losses  in
1993  and 1994,  as well  as in  the first  two quarters  of 1995.  Although the
Company was profitable for 1995  as a whole and for  the first quarter of  1996,
there  can be no assurance  it will be able to  remain profitable in the future.
The Company  has  experienced  and  may experience  in  the  future  significant
fluctuations   in  its  quarterly  operating  results.  Factors  such  as  price
reductions, the
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
introduction and  market  acceptance of  new  products  by the  Company  or  its
competitors, product returns, the availability of critical components, the lower
gross  margins associated  with the Company's  Zip, Jaz and  Ditto products, the
ratio of sales of higher-margin  Zip and Jaz disks  to lower-margin Zip and  Jaz
drives, seasonality, the success of the Company in reducing manufacturing costs,
the  ratio between retail sales and sales  to OEM customers and the condition of
retail markets could contribute to this  variability. For example, as is  common
in the industry, the Company expects to reduce the prices of its products in the
future,  including  its Zip,  Jaz and  Ditto  products. Moreover,  the Company's
expense levels are based in part on  expectations of future sales levels, and  a
shortfall  in  expected  sales  could  therefore  result  in  a disproportionate
decrease in the Company's net income. As a result of these and other factors, it
is likely that  in some future  period the Company's  operating results will  be
below  the  expectations of  investors, which  would  be likely  to result  in a
significant reduction in the market price of  the Common Stock. In light of  the
Company's revenue growth in 1995 and the first quarter of 1996 and the change in
the  nature  of its  business  over the  past  year, the  Company  believes that
period-to-period comparisons  of  its  financial  results  are  not  necessarily
meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.
The Company believes that its 1996 operating results are subject to a wide range
of  possible  outcomes  because  they  will  be  heavily  dependent  on recently
introduced products and subject to a number of uncertainties. See  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
    The  Company's Ditto,  Zip and  Jaz products  are targeted  primarily to the
retail consumer market. This  market is generally  seasonal, with a  substantial
portion  of  total sales  typically occurring  in the  fourth quarter  and sales
slowdowns commonly  occurring  during  the  summer  months.  In  addition,  some
retailers  have  been experiencing  sales  decreases and  certain  analysts have
predicted continued  softening of  this  market. Accordingly,  in light  of  the
seasonal nature and general uncertainty of the consumer market, investors should
not  assume revenues  for any  prior quarter  are necessarily  indicative of the
revenues to be expected in any future quarter.
 
    TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE AND NEW PRODUCTS.  The Company operates in an  industry
that  is subject to both rapid technological change and rapid change in consumer
demands. For  example,  over the  last  10 years  the  typical hard  disk  drive
included in a new personal computer has increased in capacity from approximately
40  MBs to over 1 GB, while the price of a hard disk drive has remained constant
or even decreased. The Company's future success will depend in significant  part
on  its ability to  continually develop and  introduce, in a  timely manner, new
removable-media disk drives  and tape  products with improved  features, and  to
develop  and manufacture those new products within a cost structure that enables
the Company  to sell  such products  at lower  prices than  those of  comparable
products today. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in
developing, manufacturing and marketing new and enhanced products that meet both
the   performance  and   price  demands   of  the   data  storage   market.  See
"Business--Product Development."
 
   
    DEPENDENCE ON NON-BINDING STRATEGIC  MARKETING ALLIANCES; NEED TO  ESTABLISH
ADDITIONAL  ALLIANCES.  The  Company's business strategy  depends in significant
part on  establishing  successful strategic  alliances  with a  variety  of  key
companies   within  the  computer   industry.  Among  the   types  of  alliances
contemplated by  the  Company's business  strategy  are: OEM  arrangements  with
personal computer manufacturers that will include Zip, Jaz and Ditto products as
a  standard  feature or  factory-installed option  in their  personal computers;
reseller arrangements  (including  private and  co-branding  arrangements)  with
major vendors of computer products covering the resale of the Company's products
by  such companies;  and licensing arrangements  under which  the Company grants
certain  computer  manufacturers  on  a  royalty-bearing  basis  the  right   to
manufacture  and sell Zip, Jaz and Ditto drives or media. The Company is a party
to several such strategic alliances, is currently in the process of  negotiating
additional  strategic alliances, and expects  to continue to establish strategic
alliances of this nature in the future. Most of the strategic alliances to which
the Company is now a party have been established only recently, and there can be
no assurance that such  relationships will produce  the benefits anticipated  by
the  Company.  Moreover,  the  Company  believes  that  establishing  additional
strategic alliances (especially OEM arrangements) is critical to the success  of
its  business, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful
in doing  so. In  addition, most  of the  Company's OEM  arrangements and  other
strategic alliances (including its recently announced OEM relationships with The
Acer  Group and Packard Bell Electronics)  are not covered by binding contracts,
contain no  minimum  purchase  commitments  and may  be  subject  to  unilateral
    
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
   
termination  by the Company's strategic partners,  and there can be no assurance
as to the future success or significance of such alliances. Also, some strategic
alliances require  or  may  require  the  Company  to  share  control  over  its
manufacturing  and marketing  programs and  technologies. See "Business--Company
Strategy--Broadening   Distribution    Through    Strategic    Alliances"    and
"Business--Marketing and Sales."
    
 
    RELIANCE  ON NON-BINDING CONTRACT MANUFACTURING  RELATIONSHIPS.  The Company
plans to use independent parties to  manufacture for the Company, on a  contract
basis, a majority of the Company's products in the future. The Company currently
has  manufacturing  relationships  with  Seiko  Epson  (Zip  drives),  MegaMedia
Computer and Sentinel  (Zip disks),  Sequel (Jaz drives)  and First  Engineering
Plastics  (Ditto  drives).  Currently,  all  of  the  Company's  Jaz  drives are
manufactured for  the Company  by Sequel.  There can  be no  assurance that  the
Company  will be successful in maintaining such relationships or in establishing
additional relationships  in  the  future, or  in  managing  such  manufacturing
relationships.  The  Company's  manufacturing  relationships  are  generally not
covered by binding contracts and may be subject to unilateral termination by the
Company's manufacturing  partners. The  loss of  any of  the Company's  existing
manufacturing relationships could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
In  addition, there can  be no assurance that  third-party manufacturers will be
able to meet  the Company's  quantity or quality  requirements for  manufactured
products. Moreover, the Company has granted to Seiko Epson the right to sell for
its  own account significant  quantities of the  Zip drives it  produces and may
grant other third-party manufacturers, among others, the right to sell for their
own account significant quantities of the drives they produce, thereby  reducing
the  supply of such drives to  the Company and increasing competition, including
price competition since  the Company does  not control the  price at which  such
third parties sell products for their own account. See
"Business--Manufacturing."
 
    DECLINE  IN LIQUIDITY; FUTURE CAPITAL NEEDS.   The Company had cash and cash
equivalents of $1.0 million as of December 31, 1995 and $0.7 million as of March
31, 1996. During 1995,  the Company used $27.0  million in operating  activities
and  an  additional $45.2  million in  the purchase  of property  and equipment.
During the  first  three months  of  1996, the  Company  used $11.4  million  in
operating activities and an additional $14.6 million in the purchase of property
and  equipment. Also during 1995 and the first three months of 1996, the Company
experienced substantial increases  in its accounts  receivable and  inventories.
Increases  in these  working capital components  have resulted  in a significant
decline in the  Company's liquidity. The  Company expects that  the proceeds  of
this  offering,  together with  current sources  of  financing available  to the
Company, will  be  sufficient  to  fund  the  Company's  operations  into  1997.
Thereafter,  the Company may require additional funds to finance its operations.
The precise  amount  and  timing  of  the  Company's  funding  needs  cannot  be
determined at this time, and will depend upon a number of factors, including the
market   demand  for  the  Company's  products,  the  availability  of  critical
components, the  Company's  strategic  alliances  for  the  manufacture  of  its
products, the progress of the Company's product development efforts, the success
of  programs  the  Company is  seeking  to  implement to  improve  its inventory
management, the Company's management of its  cash and accounts payable, and  the
Company's  ability to refinance  its outstanding debt,  a significant portion of
which matures in late 1996. There can be no assurance that funds required by the
Company in the future will be available on terms satisfactory to the Company, if
at all. The inability to obtain needed funding on satisfactory terms may require
the Company to reduce planned capital expenditures, to reduce planned levels  of
advertising  and promotion, to scale back  its manufacturing or other operations
or to enter into  financing arrangements on terms  which it would not  otherwise
accept  and would have a  material adverse effect on  the Company's business and
financial results.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
    COMPETITION.   The data storage industry  is highly competitive. The Company
believes that  its  Zip  and  Jaz products  compete  most  directly  with  other
removable-media  data storage  devices, such  as magnetic  cartridge disk drives
offered by Syquest Technology, optical disk drives and "floptical" disk  drives.
Although  the  Company  believes that  its  Zip  and Jaz  products  offer price,
performance or  usability  advantages  over the  other  removable-media  storage
devices  available today, the  Company believes that  the price, performance and
usability levels  of existing  removable-media products  will improve  and  that
other companies will introduce new removable-media storage devices. Accordingly,
the  Company believes  its Zip and  Jaz products will  face increasingly intense
competition. In particular, a  consortium comprised of  Compaq Computer, 3M  and
MKE  has announced  the Floptical 120,  a high-capacity floptical  drive that is
compatible   with    conventional    floppy    disks.    In    addition,    both
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
Mitsumi   and  Swan   Instruments  are  expected   to  introduce  high-capacity,
removable-media disk drives in  1996 that would also  directly compete with  Zip
and  Jaz.  In addition,  to the  extent that  Zip  and Jaz  drives are  used for
incremental primary storage capacity, they  also compete with conventional  hard
disk  drives. Also, the leading suppliers of conventional hard disk drives could
at any time determine to enter  the removable-media storage market. The  Company
believes  that  in  order to  compete  successfully against  current  and future
sources of competition, it will be necessary to further reduce the manufacturing
costs of its products, thus enabling the  Company to sell its products at  lower
prices.  Failure to achieve such reductions  in manufacturing costs could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business and financial results.
 
    As new and competing removable-media storage solutions are introduced, it is
possible that any such solution that  achieves a significant market presence  or
establishes a number of significant OEM relationships will emerge as an industry
standard  and achieve a dominant market position. If such is the case, there can
be no assurance  that the  Company's products would  achieve significant  market
acceptance,  particularly given the Company's size and market position vis-a-vis
other competitors.  See  "Risk  Factors--Recent Introduction  of  Zip  and  Jaz;
Uncertainty of Market Acceptance."
 
    The Company's Ditto products compete with tape drives from companies such as
Conner Peripherals, Inc. (which was recently acquired by Seagate Technology) and
Colorado  Memory  Systems, a  division of  Hewlett-Packard  Company, as  well as
vendors of other backup  storage devices. The Company  may also compete in  both
the  removable disk drive  and the tape  market with licensees  of the Company's
products.  Many  of  the  Company's  current  and  potential  competitors   have
significantly  greater financial, manufacturing and marketing resources than the
Company. There can  be no assurance  that the  Company will be  able to  compete
successfully  against  current and  future sources  of  competition or  that the
competitive pressures  faced  by  the  Company will  not  adversely  affect  the
Company's operating results. See "Business--Competition."
 
    DEPENDENCE  ON  PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY.   The  Company's success  is heavily
dependent upon the  establishment and maintenance  of proprietary  technologies.
The Company relies on a combination of patent, copyright and trade secret law to
protect  the technology in its Zip, Jaz and Ditto products. Although the Company
has filed over 40 U.S. and foreign  patent applications relating to its Zip  and
Jaz  drives and disks, the majority of such applications were filed in late 1994
or 1995 and are at relatively early  stages in the review process. To date,  two
patents  relating to the Zip  drive have been issued.  There can be no assurance
that any  additional patents  with respect  to Zip  drives or  any patents  with
respect  to Zip  disks or  the Company's  other products  will be  issued in the
future. If some or all of the pending  Zip and Jaz patents are not granted,  the
Company  may not be able  to legally prevent others  from copying the technology
incorporated in the Zip and Jaz drives  and disks or from producing and  selling
compatible  products which compete with the Company's products. If another party
were to  succeed in  producing and  selling Zip-  or Jaz-compatible  disks,  the
Company's  sales (including the price at which the Company sells disks) would be
materially adversely affected. Moreover, because the Company's Zip and Jaz disks
have significantly  higher  gross margins  than  the  Zip and  Jaz  drives,  the
Company's  net income  would be  disproportionately affected  by any  such sales
shortfall. In addition, there can  be no assurance that  the steps taken by  the
Company  to protect its technology will  be adequate to prevent misappropriation
of its technology by third  parties, or that third parties  will not be able  to
independently develop similar technology.
 
    From  time to time the Company  receives notices alleging that the Company's
products infringe third party proprietary  rights. The Company, however, is  not
currently  aware of any threatened or  pending legal challenge to the technology
which is  incorporated in  its products  which  it expects  to have  a  material
adverse  effect  on  its  business  or  financial  results.  Patent  and similar
litigation frequently is complex and expensive and its outcome can be  difficult
to  predict. There  can be  no assurance  that the  Company will  prevail in any
proceedings that  may be  commenced against  the Company.  In addition,  certain
technology  used  in  the Company's  products  is licensed  from  third parties,
including the backup  software included  with the Company's  Ditto products  and
certain patent rights relating to Zip products. The Company is in the process of
negotiating  a definitive license  agreement for the  Ditto backup software and,
although it has entered into a letter agreement regarding the Zip patent rights,
is in the process of negotiating a  more detailed license agreement for the  Zip
patent  rights. The failure to execute  definitive agreements or the termination
of any such  license arrangements could  have a material  adverse effect on  the
Company's business and financial results. See "Business--Proprietary Rights."
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
    STOCK  MARKET  VOLATILITY.   There has  been  significant volatility  in the
market price of the Company's Common Stock (see "Price Range of Common Stock and
Dividend  Policy")  as   well  as  in   the  market  price   of  securities   of
technology-based  companies similar  in size  to the  Company. In  addition, the
Company's Common  Stock has  recently experienced  substantial levels  of  short
selling,  which has  also affected  the volatility  of the  market price  of the
Company's Common Stock.  Factors such as  announcements of new  products by  the
Company  or  its competitors,  variations in  the Company's  quarterly operating
results, continued high levels of short  selling of the Common Stock or  general
economic  or  stock  market  conditions  unrelated  to  the  Company's operating
performance may have  a significant  impact on the  market price  of the  Common
Stock. In addition, the Company believes that electronic bulletin board postings
regarding  the Company on America Online  and other similar services, certain of
which have in the past  contained false information about Company  developments,
including  quotes falsely attributed to executive  officers of the Company, have
in the past and may in the  future contribute to volatility in the market  price
of  the Common Stock. Any information  concerning the Company, including without
limitation projections of  future operating results,  appearing in such  on-line
bulletin  boards or  otherwise emanating  from a  source other  than the Company
should not be relied upon  as having been supplied  or endorsed by the  Company.
See "Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend Policy."
 
    INTERNATIONAL  OPERATIONS.    International  sales  generated  a significant
portion of  the  Company's  sales in  1994  and  1995 and  the  Company  expects
international  sales to  continue to  comprise a  significant percentage  of its
total sales in the future. The  international portion of the Company's  business
is subject to a number of inherent risks, including difficulties in building and
managing foreign operations and foreign reseller networks, the differing product
needs  of foreign  customers, fluctuations in  the value  of foreign currencies,
import/export  duties  and  quotas,  and  unexpected  regulatory,  economic   or
political changes in foreign markets. In addition, the Company relies on foreign
companies  for the  supply of  certain critical  components and  is increasingly
relying on foreign companies for the manufacture of certain of its products, and
these relationships  may be  subject to  some of  the same  risks affecting  its
international  sales.  There can  be no  assurance that  these factors  will not
adversely affect  the Company's  international sales  or its  overall  financial
performance.  See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis  of Financial Condition
and  Results   of   Operations"   and  "Business--Marketing   and   Sales"   and
"--Manufacturing."
 
    The  Company's international sales are  predominantly denominated in foreign
currencies. Accordingly, a decrease in the value of foreign currencies  relative
to  the  U.S. dollar  could  result in  a  significant decrease  in  U.S. dollar
revenues received by the Company for its international sales. Due to the  number
of  currencies involved in the Company's  international sales and the volatility
of foreign currency  exchange rates, the  Company cannot predict  the effect  of
exchange  rate fluctuations on future operating results. The Company enters into
forward exchange contracts to sell foreign currencies as a means of hedging  its
currency  translation  exposure. In  1995, the  Company  recorded a  net foreign
currency loss of  $1.2 million in  connection with the  remeasurement to  market
value  of  certain foreign  currency contracts,  which  were purchased  with the
intent of hedging operating cash flows. The majority of the loss was incurred in
the first quarter  of 1995  as a  result of  the U.S.  dollar weakening  against
European  currencies hedged by forward currency contracts in place at that time.
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results  of
Operations" and Note 4 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
    CERTAIN  MARKETING AND SALES RISKS.  As  is common practice in its industry,
the Company's arrangements with its customers generally allow customers, in  the
event  of a  price decrease,  credit equal to  the difference  between the price
originally paid  and  the  new  decreased  price  on  units  in  the  customers'
inventories  on  the  date of  the  price  decrease. When  a  price  decrease is
anticipated, the  Company  establishes  reserves for  amounts  estimated  to  be
reimbursed  to  qualifying  customers.  There can  be  no  assurance  that these
reserves will  be sufficient  or that  any future  returns or  price  protection
charges  will not  have a  material adverse effect  on the  Company's results of
operations, particularly because  future results  will be  heavily dependent  on
recently  introduced products for  which the Company has  little or no operating
history. In  addition,  customers generally  have  the right  to  return  excess
inventory  within  specified time  periods.  Any build  up  of inventory  at the
Company or in its distribution channels that does not sell through to end  users
could  have a  material adverse  effect on  the Company's  operating results and
financial condition.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
    As is typical  in the industry,  from time to  time the Company  experiences
product  defects and product returns. There can be no assurance that the Company
will not experience quality or reliability problems in the future which have  an
adverse effect on the Company's business or financial results.
 
    The   Company  markets  its  products  primarily  through  computer  product
distributors and  retailers. Distribution  channels for  personal computers  and
accessories have been characterized by rapid change, including consolidation and
financial  difficulties of distributors.  The loss or  ineffectiveness of any of
the Company's major  distributors could have  a material adverse  effect on  the
Company's results of operations. In addition, since the Company grants credit to
its  customers, a substantial portion of outstanding accounts receivable are due
from computer product  distributors and  certain large retailers.  At March  31,
1996,  the  customers  with  the  ten  highest  outstanding  accounts receivable
balances totaled $57.0, million or 37%,  of gross accounts receivable, with  one
customer  accounting for $20.7 million, or 14%, of gross accounts receivable. If
any one or  a group  of these customers'  receivable balances  should be  deemed
uncollectible,  it would have a material adverse effect on the Company's results
of  operations   and   financial   condition.   See   "Business--Marketing   and
Sales--Marketing."
 
    SIGNIFICANT  UNALLOCATED NET PROCEEDS.   The Company  has not yet quantified
the amount  of the  net proceeds  of this  offering that  will be  used for  the
various  purposes described under "Use  of Proceeds." The exact  uses of the net
proceeds, and  the  amount  allocated for  each  use,  will be  subject  to  the
discretion of management. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
    DEPENDENCE  ON KEY  PERSONNEL.  The  Company's success will  depend in large
part upon the services of a number  of key employees, including Kim B.  Edwards,
its  President and Chief Executive  Officer. The loss of  the services of one or
more of these key employees could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
The Company's success will also depend  in significant part upon its ability  to
continue  to attract and  retain highly-skilled management  and other personnel.
Competition for such  personnel in  the computer  industry is  intense, and  the
Company  has  from time  to time  experienced  difficulty in  finding sufficient
numbers of qualified professional and  production personnel in the greater  Salt
Lake City area. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in
attracting  and retaining the  quantity and quality of  personnel that it needs.
See "Business--Employees" and "Management."
 
    DILUTION.  The net tangible book value  of the Common Stock as of March  31,
1996  was $0.62 per share. Assuming a public offering price of $31.00 per share,
investors purchasing shares  of Common  Stock in  this offering  will suffer  an
immediate  dilution of $29.22 per  share. Moreover, as of  March 31, 1996, there
were outstanding stock options for the  purchase of 13,498,606 shares of  Common
Stock  at a weighted average  exercise price of $1.94  per share and Convertible
Notes convertible  into approximately  4,658,228  shares of  Common Stock  at  a
conversion  price of  $9.875 per  share. The exercise  of such  stock options or
conversion of  such  Convertible  Notes  will  result  in  further  dilution  to
purchasers of shares in this offering. See "Capitalization."
 
    ANTI-TAKEOVER   EFFECT  OF   CERTAIN  CHARTER  AND   BY-LAW  PROVISIONS  AND
SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN.  The Company's Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws
contain provisions permitting the  Board of Directors  to issue Preferred  Stock
with  rights senior to the  Common Stock, limiting the  right of stockholders to
act by written consent  and requiring that special  meetings of stockholders  be
called only by the Board of Directors or the President. In addition, the Company
has a Shareholder Rights Plan that may make certain proposed acquisitions of the
Company  prohibitively expensive.  These charter  and By-Law  provisions and the
Shareholder Rights Plan could make it more difficult for a stockholder to effect
certain actions and  make it more  difficult for  a third party  to acquire,  or
discourage  a third party from attempting to acquire, control of the Company. As
a result, they could limit the price that certain investors might be willing  to
pay  in the future for  shares of the Common  Stock. See "Description of Capital
Stock--Preferred Stock", "--Rights Plan" and "--Delaware Law and Certain Charter
and By-Law Provisions."
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    Iomega Corporation  was  incorporated in  Delaware  in 1980.  The  Company's
principal  executive  offices are  located at  1821 West  Iomega Way,  Roy, Utah
84067, and its telephone number is  (801) 778-1000. As used in this  Prospectus,
the  terms the "Company" and "Iomega" refer to Iomega Corporation and its wholly
owned subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise requires.
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the shares of Common  Stock
offered  hereby at  an assumed  public offering  price of  $31.00 per  share are
estimated to be  approximately $146,800,000 (approximately  $168,887,500 if  the
Underwriters'  over-allotment option is exercised  in full), after deducting the
estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses.
 
    The Company intends to  use the net proceeds  primarily for working  capital
needs  and general corporate  purposes, including the repayment  of a portion of
the amounts outstanding under its bank  loan agreements. In particular, the  net
proceeds  may be used to expand manufacturing capacity, fund sales and marketing
and research and development activities, purchase capital equipment, and finance
increases in accounts receivable  and inventory that  may result from  continued
growth  in the Company's business. The  amounts actually expended by the Company
for these purposes will vary significantly  depending upon a number of  factors,
including  the market  demand for  the Company's  products, the  availability of
critical components, the  Company's strategic alliances  for the manufacture  of
its  products, the  progress of the  Company's product  development efforts, the
success of  the Company  in improving  its inventory  management, the  Company's
management  of  its  cash and  accounts  payable  and the  Company's  ability to
refinance its outstanding debt, a significant  portion of which matures in  late
1996.  The Company does not believe it  can at this time accurately estimate the
amounts to be used for each purpose. See "Risk Factors--Significant  Unallocated
Net Proceeds."
 
    Under  its loan agreement  with Wells Fargo Bank,  N.A. ("Wells Fargo"), the
Company has outstanding revolving loans, which bear interest at the bank's prime
rate plus 0.5%  and become due  and payable on  June 30, 1997,  and term  loans,
which  bear interest  at the  bank's prime  rate plus  0.75% and  become due and
payable on June  30, 1997.  As of  April 28,  1996, borrowings  under this  loan
agreement  were $20.7 million,  consisting of $17.5  million under the revolving
credit facility and $3.2 million under the  term loan facility. As of April  28,
1996, there was $24.4 million of borrowings outstanding under the loan agreement
between  a foreign subsidiary of the Company  and a German commercial bank at an
interest rate of  7.75%. The  agreement expires  on November  30, 1996.  Amounts
borrowed under these loan agreements have been used for working capital purposes
and purchases of capital equipment. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial  Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources"
and Note  5  of  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  a  further
description of the Company's loan agreements.
 
    The  Company may also use a portion of  the net proceeds to make one or more
acquisitions of businesses,  products or technologies  which enhance or  broaden
the  Company's current product  offerings. However, the  Company has no specific
agreements or commitments and is not  currently engaged in any negotiations  for
any such acquisition.
 
    Pending  the  uses described  above, the  net proceeds  will be  invested in
short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
                PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND POLICY
 
   
    The Company's Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the
symbol IOMG. The following table sets  forth for the periods indicated the  high
and  low sales prices  per share of the  Common Stock as  reported on the Nasdaq
National Market. All  amounts are  adjusted to  give effect  to the  two-for-one
stock split (effected as a 100% stock dividend) that occurred on May 20, 1996.
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   HIGH        LOW
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                              <C>        <C>
1994
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
First Quarter..................................................................................  $    0.41  $    0.30
Second Quarter.................................................................................  $    0.35  $    0.26
Third Quarter..................................................................................  $    0.53  $    0.35
Fourth Quarter.................................................................................  $    0.75  $    0.38
 
<CAPTION>
1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>        <C>
First Quarter..................................................................................  $    1.30  $    0.54
Second Quarter.................................................................................  $    4.35  $    1.16
Third Quarter..................................................................................  $    5.00  $    3.39
Fourth Quarter.................................................................................  $    8.96  $    2.75
<CAPTION>
1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>        <C>
First Quarter..................................................................................  $   13.63  $    5.71
Second Quarter (through May 10, 1996)..........................................................  $   34.94  $   12.31
</TABLE>
    
 
    The  Company has never paid any cash  dividends on its Common Stock and does
not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The  Company
currently  intends to retain future earnings  to fund the development and growth
of its business. The Company's loan agreements prohibit the payment of dividends
without the prior written consent of the banks.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of March
31, 1996 and  as adjusted  to give  effect to  the sale  by the  Company of  the
5,000,000  shares of Common Stock offered  hereby, at an assumed public offering
price of $31.00 per share,  after deducting the estimated underwriting  discount
and offering expenses.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                           -----------------------
                                                                                             ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
                                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                        <C>         <C>
Convertible Subordinated Notes, 6 3/4%, due 2001.........................................  $   46,000   $  46,000
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, $.01 par value;
   4,750,000 shares authorized; no
   shares outstanding....................................................................          --          --
  Series C Junior Participating Preferred
   Stock, $.01 par value; 250,000 shares
   authorized; no shares outstanding.....................................................          --          --
  Common Stock, $.03 1/3 par value;
   150,000,000 shares authorized; 119,046,218
   shares outstanding (actual); 124,046,218 shares outstanding (as adjusted) (1).........       3,968       4,135
  Additional paid-in capital.............................................................      51,175     197,808
  Deferred compensation..................................................................        (922)       (922)
  Retained earnings......................................................................      19,374      19,374
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
    Total stockholders' equity...........................................................      73,595     220,395
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
    Total capitalization.................................................................  $  119,595   $ 266,395
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
   
(1) Number  of outstanding  shares gives effect  to the  two-for-one stock split
    (effected as  a 100%  stock dividend)  that occurred  on May  20, 1996,  and
    excludes  (i) an aggregate of 13,498,606 shares of Common Stock reserved for
    issuance upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 1996
    with a  weighted average  exercise price  of  $1.94 per  share and  (ii)  an
    aggregate  of approximately 4,658,228 shares issuable upon conversion of the
    Convertible Notes.
    
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The following table sets forth  selected consolidated financial data of  the
Company  for and as of  the years ended December 31,  1991, 1992, 1993, 1994 and
1995 and for and as of the three months ended April 2, 1995 and March 31,  1996.
The  selected consolidated financial data for and as of the years ended December
31, 1991,  1992,  1993, 1994  and  1995 have  been  derived from  the  Company's
consolidated  financial statements  which have  been audited  by Arthur Andersen
LLP, independent public accountants, as indicated in their reports. The selected
consolidated financial data for and as of  the three months ended April 2,  1995
and  March 31, 1996 have been  derived from the Company's unaudited consolidated
financial statements which, in  the opinion of management  of the Company,  have
been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements
and  include  all adjustments,  consisting  only of  normal  recurring accruals,
necessary for a  fair presentation of  the results of  operations and  financial
position  for and as  of these periods.  Operating results for  the three months
ended March  31,  1996 are  not  necessarily indicative  of  the results  to  be
expected  for the  entire year.  These data should  be read  in conjunction with
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations" and the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 ----------------------
                                          -----------------------------------------------------  APRIL 2,    MARCH 31,
                                            1991       1992       1993       1994       1995       1995        1996
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Sales...................................  $ 136,566  $ 139,174  $ 147,123  $ 141,380  $ 326,225  $  40,112   $ 221,988
Cost of sales...........................     68,404     74,090     92,585     92,453    235,838     28,395     162,088
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
    Gross margin........................     68,162     65,084     54,538     48,927     90,387     11,717      59,900
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Operating expenses:
  Selling, general and administrative...     34,323     37,572     38,862     36,862     57,189      9,349      33,156
  Research and development..............     17,939     21,959     18,972     15,438     19,576      4,126       6,991
  Restructuring costs (reversal)........     --         --         14,131     (2,491)    --         --          --
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
    Total operating expenses............     52,262     59,531     71,965     49,809     76,765     13,475      40,147
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Operating income (loss).................     15,900      5,553    (17,427)      (882)    13,622     (1,758)     19,753
Interest and other income (expense).....      1,661        592        771        908     (1,983)       (20)     (3,161)
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Income (loss) before income taxes and
 cumulative effect of accounting
 change.................................     17,561      6,145    (16,656)        26     11,639     (1,778)     16,592
Benefit (provision) for income taxes
 (1)....................................     (5,236)    (1,474)      (206)    (1,908)    (3,136)       280      (6,471)
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Net income (loss) before cumulative
 effect of accounting change (1)........     12,325      4,671    (16,862)    (1,882)     8,503     (1,498)     10,121
Cumulative effect of accounting change
 (1)....................................     --         --          2,337     --         --         --          --
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Net income (loss).......................  $  12,325  $   4,671  $ (14,525) $  (1,882) $   8,503  $  (1,498)  $  10,121
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Net income (loss) per common share
 (2)....................................  $    0.10  $    0.04  $   (0.13) $   (0.02) $    0.07  $   (0.01)  $    0.08
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Weighted average common shares
 outstanding (2)........................    123,534    121,590    108,636    110,838    120,360    112,602     128,838
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                     -----------------------------------------------------   MARCH 31,
                                                       1991       1992       1993       1994       1995        1996
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash, cash equivalents and temporary investments...  $  31,611  $  19,691  $  18,804  $  19,793  $   1,023  $      701
Working capital....................................     43,165     35,038     30,550     34,818     12,623      54,397
Total assets.......................................     87,046     86,955     81,089     75,833    266,227     341,366
Stockholders' equity...............................     64,845     65,024     51,090     49,063     62,686      73,595
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  See Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(2)  See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The  following discussion  and analysis should  be read  in conjunction with
"Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and the Company's Consolidated  Financial
Statements  and Notes thereto included elsewhere  in this Prospectus. Except for
the historical information contained herein,  the discussion in this  Prospectus
contains   certain   forward-looking   statements   that   involve   risks   and
uncertainties,  such  as   statements  of  the   Company's  plans,   objectives,
expectations  and intentions. The cautionary  statements made in this Prospectus
should be read  as being  applicable to all  related forward-looking  statements
wherever  they appear  in this  Prospectus. The  Company's actual  results could
differ materially  from  those  discussed  here. Factors  that  could  cause  or
contribute  to such  differences include those  discussed in  "Risk Factors," as
well as those discussed elsewhere herein.
 
OVERVIEW
 
  BACKGROUND
 
    The Company's business has undergone a significant transition over the  past
three  years. During 1993,  the Company recorded  $14.1 million in restructuring
costs relating  to the  write-off of  certain assets  and the  establishment  of
accruals  and  reserves  for  future restructuring  of  the  Company's business,
including the disposal of  a portion of the  Company's research and  development
operations,  workforce  reductions and  other  consolidation of  operations, and
other restructuring actions necessary to make the Company more  customer-driven.
These restructuring reserves and accruals totaled approximately $11.5 million at
December 31, 1993.
 
    1994   was  a  year  of  transition  for  the  Company  as  operations  were
restructured and redirected towards new development and marketing activities. On
January 1, 1994, Mr. Edwards joined the Company as President and Chief Executive
Officer. During the first quarter of  1994, the Company sold its thin-film  head
development  operations and  discontinued its  Floptical development operations.
During the  third  quarter of  1994,  the Company  sold  certain assets  of  its
Floptical  development operations and also abandoned a Bernoulli-type product in
the development stage. During the fourth  quarter of 1994, the Company  disposed
of  tooling and other  manufacturing equipment which had  become obsolete due to
product design changes to  make the Company's  products more consumer  friendly.
The  Company also reduced its workforce  and paid out severance and outplacement
costs in connection with two reductions  in workforce, one of which occurred  in
January 1994 and the other in June 1994. These actions were included in the 1993
restructuring   accruals  and  therefore  had  no  impact  on  1994  results  of
operations.
 
    In addition  to  restructuring  and  streamlining  much  of  its  historical
business  during 1994,  the Company took  several steps  towards introducing the
products that are currently generating most of the Company's revenues. In  1994,
the  Company began  the consumer research  and product  development efforts that
would lead to the  introduction of its  Zip disk drive,  which was announced  in
October  1994. The Company also began  the development work that would culminate
in the Jaz drive.  In addition, the Company  successfully expanded and  enhanced
its  family of tape drives  in 1994, adopting the Ditto  name for the first time
and introducing the Ditto 420.
 
    The Company's efforts during  1994 began to yield  results in 1995. The  Zip
drive  began commercial shipment  in March 1995. The  Jaz drive began commercial
shipment in  limited  quantities in  December  1995. The  Company  continued  to
enhance  its tape drive family  in 1995, introducing the  Ditto Easy 800 and the
Ditto 3200. As  a result of  these new products,  the Company's sales  increased
from  $40.1 million in the first quarter of  1995 to $222.0 million in the first
quarter of 1996.
 
    In 1994, Bernoulli products accounted for almost two-thirds of the Company's
sales, with Ditto products accounting for most of the balance. In 1995, Zip  was
the  Company's largest selling product  line, with Bernoulli products accounting
for only approximately 20% of the  Company's sales. During the first quarter  of
1996,  Bernoulli  products accounted  for  less than  5%  of sales.  The Company
expects that Zip and Jaz products will account for a substantial majority of its
sales in 1996.  The Company does  not expect Bernoulli  products to represent  a
significant portion of the Company's revenues or net income in the future.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
  FUTURE OPERATING RESULTS
 
    Because  the  Company  is  relying  on its  Zip  and  Jaz  products  for the
substantial majority  of  its sales  in  1996, the  Company's  future  operating
results  will depend in  large part on  the ability of  those products to attain
widespread market acceptance. Although  the Company believes  there is a  market
demand  for  new  personal computer  data  storage  solutions, there  can  be no
assurance that the  Company will be  successful in establishing  Zip and Jaz  as
accepted solutions for that market need. The extent to which Zip and Jaz achieve
a  significant market presence  will depend upon a  number of factors, including
the  price,  performance  and  other  characteristics  of  competing   solutions
introduced  by other vendors, the timing  of the introduction of such solutions,
and the success of the Company in establishing OEM arrangements for Zip and  Jaz
with  leading personal computer  manufacturers and in  educating consumers about
the existence and possible uses of Zip  and Jaz products as storage devices.  In
addition,  component  shortages  or other  factors  limiting the  supply  of the
Company's products could limit  the Company's sales  and provide an  opportunity
for  competing products to achieve  market acceptance. See "Risk Factors--Recent
Introduction  of  Zip   and  Jaz;   Uncertainty  of   Market  Acceptance,"   "--
Competition," "--Absence of Supply Contracts; Dependence on Suppliers; Shortages
of   Critical  Components"  "--Dependence  on  Non-Binding  Strategic  Marketing
Alliances;  Need  to   Establish  Additional  Alliances"   and  "--Reliance   on
Non-Binding  Contract Manufacturing  Relationships" and  "Business--The Need for
New Data  Storage Solutions,"  "--Marketing  and Sales,"  "--Manufacturing"  and
"--Competition."
 
    A  number of elements  of the Company's business  strategy may also directly
impact the Company's future operating  results. Because the Company's  marketing
strategy  is based in  significant part on generating  consumer awareness of and
demand for  its products,  the Company  plans to  incur significantly  increased
marketing  and advertising expenses in 1996.  In addition, a critical element of
the Company's distribution strategy is the establishment of OEM arrangements for
its Zip, Jaz and Ditto products. OEM sales generally provide lower gross margins
than sales  to  other  channels.  Moreover, reductions  in  the  prices  of  the
Company's  Zip, Jaz and  Ditto products would  likely have an  adverse effect on
gross margins for those products. In  March 1996, the Company lowered prices  on
internal models of its Ditto Easy 800 and Ditto Easy 3200 products. As is common
in the industry, the Company expects to reduce the prices of its products in the
future,  including its Zip,  Jaz and Ditto products.  In addition, the Company's
future operating  results are  significantly dependent  on offsetting  any  such
price reductions with manufacturing cost reductions, and failure to achieve such
cost reductions could have an adverse effect on gross margins.
 
    The  Company's business  strategy is  substantially dependent  on maximizing
sales of its proprietary Zip and Jaz disks, which generate significantly  higher
margins than its disk drives. If this strategy is not successful, either because
the  Company does not establish  a sufficiently large installed  base of Zip and
Jaz drives,  because the  sales mix  between disks  and drives  is below  levels
anticipated  by the Company,  because another party  succeeds in producing disks
that are compatible  with Zip and  Jaz drives without  infringing the  Company's
proprietary  rights,  or for  any  other reason,  the  Company's sales  would be
adversely affected, and  its net  income would  be disproportionately  adversely
affected. See "Risk Factors--Dependence on Proprietary Technology."
 
    Although  sales of  Zip drives  and disks  were the  primary reason  for the
Company's revenue growth during 1995 and sales  of Zip and Jaz drives and  disks
were  the  primary reason  for  the Company's  revenue  growth during  the first
quarter of 1996, sales of such products may be attributable in large part to the
novelty of such products and the initial publicity surrounding the  introduction
of  Zip and  Jaz, and  may not be  indicative of  the long-term  demand for such
products. Moreover,  the  retail market  to  which the  Company's  products  are
targeted  is  seasonal,  with a  substantial  portion of  total  sales typically
occurring in the fourth quarter and sales slowdowns commonly occuring during the
summer  months.  In  addition,  some  retailers  have  been  experiencing  sales
decreases  and  certain  analysts  have predicted  continued  softening  of this
market.  Accordingly,  investors  should  not  assume  that  the  sales   growth
experienced by the Company in 1995 or the first quarter of 1996 is an indication
of  future sales. Moreover, in light of the Company's revenue growth in 1995 and
the first quarter of 1996 and the change in the nature of its business over  the
past  year,  the  Company  believes  that  period-to-period  comparisons  of its
financial results are not necessarily  meaningful. In addition, the Company  has
experienced  and  may  experience  significant  fluctuations  in  its  quarterly
operating  results.  See  "Risk  Factors--Recent  Operating  Losses;   Quarterly
Fluctuations   in  Operating  Results;   Risk  of  Failure   to  Satisfy  Market
Expectations."
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
    The Company's  European  sales  are  predominantly  denominated  in  foreign
currencies.  In addition,  the Company  purchases certain  components in foreign
currencies. The  Company enters  into  forward exchange  contracts to  sell  and
purchase  foreign currencies  as a means  of hedging its  foreign operating cash
flows. Fluctuations in  the value  of foreign  currencies relative  to the  U.S.
dollar   would  result  in   foreign  currency  gains   and  losses.  See  "Risk
Factors--International Operations."
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain financial
data as a percentage of sales:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  PERCENTAGE OF SALES
                                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                      THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,         -------------------------
                                                            -------------------------------------   APRIL 2,     MARCH 31,
                                                               1993         1994         1995         1995          1996
                                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ------------
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Sales.....................................................      100.0%       100.0%       100.0%       100.0%        100.0%
Cost of sales.............................................       62.9         65.4         72.3         70.8          73.0
                                                                -----        -----        -----        -----         -----
  Gross margin............................................       37.1         34.6         27.7         29.2          27.0
                                                                -----        -----        -----        -----         -----
Operating expenses:
  Selling, general and administrative.....................       26.4         26.1         17.5         23.3          14.9
  Research and development................................       12.9         10.9          6.0         10.3           3.2
  Restructuring costs (reversal)..........................        9.6         (1.8)       --           --            --
                                                                -----        -----        -----        -----         -----
    Total operating expenses..............................       48.9         35.2         23.5         33.6          18.1
                                                                -----        -----        -----        -----         -----
Operating income (loss)...................................      (11.8)        (0.6)         4.2         (4.4)          8.9
Interest and other income (expense).......................        0.5          0.6         (0.6)       --             (1.4)
                                                                -----        -----        -----        -----         -----
Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of
 accounting change........................................      (11.3)       --             3.6         (4.4)          7.5
Benefit (provision) for income taxes......................       (0.2)        (1.3)        (1.0)         0.7          (2.9)
                                                                -----        -----        -----        -----         -----
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting
 change...................................................      (11.5)        (1.3)         2.6         (3.7)          4.6
Cumulative effect of accounting change....................        1.6        --           --           --            --
                                                                -----        -----        -----        -----         -----
Net income (loss).........................................       (9.9)%       (1.3)%        2.6%        (3.7)%         4.6%
                                                                -----        -----        -----        -----         -----
                                                                -----        -----        -----        -----         -----
</TABLE>
 
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AS COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 2,
1995
 
    SALES.  Sales for the three months ended March 31, 1996 increased by  $181.9
million, or 453%, when compared to the corresponding period of 1995. The primary
reason  for the increase was sales of Zip and Jaz products, which began shipping
in March 1995 and December 1995, respectively. Increased sales of Ditto products
also contributed to the  increased sales. These  sales increases were  partially
offset by reduced sales of Bernoulli products.
 
    In  the first quarter of  1996, sales of Zip  and Jaz products accounted for
$185 million, or 84% of sales. Ditto products accounted for $28 million, or 12%,
of sales in the first quarter of 1996, an increase of 60% over the first quarter
of 1995. Bernoulli and other product sales  totaled $9 million, or 4% of  sales,
in  the first quarter of 1996  compared to $21 million, or  52% of sales, in the
first quarter of 1995.
 
    Sales outside of the United States in  the first quarter of 1996 were  $83.9
million,  or  38%  of  sales,  compared  to  $17.1  million,  or  43%,  for  the
corresponding period in 1995. The reasons for the sales increase outside of  the
United States were similar to the reasons for the total increase in consolidated
sales.
 
    Management  expects increased sales  of Zip, Jaz  and Ditto products through
the remainder of 1996. However, the Company is still experiencing some component
shortages which  may continue  to  limit production  and, therefore,  sales.  In
addition,  future market demand  for the Company's  products cannot be predicted
with certainty. Accordingly, there  can be no assurance  that future sales  will
materialize as expected.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
    GROSS  MARGIN.   The Company's gross  margin percentage  for the three-month
period ended March 31, 1996 was 27%,  compared to 29% for the comparable  period
of 1995. The decline in gross margin percentage is due to a shift in product mix
from  higher  margin  Bernoulli products  to  lower  margin Zip,  Jaz  and Ditto
products. Start-up costs associated  with Jaz products  also contributed to  the
decline in gross margin percentage.
 
    Gross  margins for the remainder of 1996  will depend in large part on sales
of Zip and Jaz disks, which generate significantly higher gross margins than the
corresponding  drives,  and  on  the   sales  mix  between  disks  and   drives.
Historically,  the gross margin of Bernoulli products was generally in excess of
40%;  the  gross  margin  of  Zip,  Jaz  and  Ditto  product  lines  have   been
significantly  lower. Although the Company expects  the gross margins of Zip and
Jaz products to increase as  production increases and start-up costs  associated
with  Jaz  products decrease,  it does  not  expect them  to achieve  the levels
historically achieved by Bernoulli. In  addition, gross margins may be  affected
significantly  by the mix between OEM and retail sales, the Company's ability to
achieve planned cost reductions, the level of any future price reductions to the
Company's Zip, Jaz or Ditto products and other factors.
 
    SELLING,  GENERAL  AND  ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSES.    Selling,  general   and
administrative  expenses represented 15% of sales for the first quarter of 1996,
compared to  23% for  the corresponding  period  of 1995.  The decline  in  this
percentage  was due primarily to the increased sales volumes in 1996. The actual
selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $23.8 million for  the
three-month  period ended March 31, 1996, as compared to the corresponding prior
year period. The  increased expenses  were primarily the  result of  advertising
expenses  incurred  to increase  awareness of  Ditto  and Zip,  variable selling
expenses, and increased salaries and wages resulting from increased headcount in
all areas of  sales, marketing and  administration. Management expects  selling,
general and administrative expenses, in absolute dollars, to increase further in
the remainder of 1996 due to planned additional advertising expenses, trade show
expenses,   variable  selling  expenses,   and  increased  fixed  administrative
expenses.
 
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES.   Research and development expenses  were
3% of sales for the three-month period ended March 31, 1996, compared to 10% for
the  three-month  period ended  April  2, 1995.  The  decline in  percentages is
primarily due to the  increased sales volumes in  1996. The actual research  and
development  expenses increased by  $2.9 million for the  first quarter of 1996,
compared to the corresponding period of 1995. These increases were primarily the
result of expenditures related  to the continued development  of the Zip,  Ditto
and  Jaz  products.  Management  expects  continued  increases  in  research and
development expenses,  in absolute  dollars, in  the remainder  of 1996  as  the
result of planned increases in resources dedicated to future product development
and enhancement.
 
    OTHER.   Interest expense increased by $2.3  million in the first quarter of
1996, as compared to the first quarter  of 1995. This increase is primarily  due
to interest expense associated with the Wells Fargo line of credit, financing of
European   accounts  receivable,  capital  leases,  other  term  notes  and  the
Convertible Notes. Management expects continued increases in interest  expenses,
in absolute dollars, in the remainder of 1996 as a result of the issuance of the
Convertible  Notes in March 1996 and anticipated additional borrowings under the
Company's credit facilities.
 
    During the  first  quarter of  1995,  the  Company recorded  a  net  foreign
currency  loss of $1.0 million  as a result of the  weakening of the U.S. dollar
against European currencies.
 
    Other income in  the first quarter  of 1995 consisted  primarily of  royalty
income  and other  miscellaneous income. Other  expense in the  first quarter of
1996 consisted of various miscellaneous other expense items.
 
    INCOME TAXES.  For  the first quarter  of 1996, the  Company recorded a  tax
provision  of $6.5 million  representing an effective  tax rate of  39%. The tax
rate has  increased  from an  effective  rate of  27%  during 1995  due  to  the
Company's  full utilization of  available tax credits  and foreign net operating
loss carryforwards in 1996. The Company anticipates that the effective tax  rate
will  remain at 39% throughout 1996.  However, differences between the currently
anticipated mix of foreign  income versus domestic income,  and the actual  mix,
will  have  an impact  on  the effective  tax rate  that  is recorded  in future
quarters.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
1995 AS COMPARED TO 1994
 
    SALES.  Sales increased by $185 million,  or 131%, in 1995 when compared  to
1994. The primary reason for the increased sales was the introduction of the new
Zip  product line, which began shipping at the end of the first quarter of 1995.
Increased sales of Ditto  products also contributed to  the increased sales.  In
addition,  the  Company began  shipping Jaz  products  in limited  quantities in
December 1995. These sales increases were  partially offset by reduced sales  of
Bernoulli products.
 
    In 1995, sales of Zip and Jaz products accounted for $174.2 million, or 53%,
of  sales. Ditto products accounted for $86.5 million, or 27%, of sales in 1995,
as compared to  $42.1 million, or  30%, of  sales in 1994.  Bernoulli and  other
product  sales totaled $65.5 million,  or 20%, of sales  in 1995, as compared to
$99.3 million, or 70%, of  1994 sales. In the fourth  quarter of 1995, sales  of
Zip  and  Jaz increased  to 68%  of sales,  Ditto represented  22% of  sales and
Bernoulli and other products were 10% of sales.
 
    Sales to the U.S. market increased by $133.5 million, or 149%, in 1995  when
compared to 1994. International sales, primarily to customers located in Europe,
increased  by $51.3 million,  or 99%, in  1995 when compared  to 1994. In total,
sales outside  of  the United  States  represented 31.7%  of  sales in  1995  as
compared to 36.7% in 1994.
 
    GROSS  MARGIN.  The Company's gross margin  percentage in 1995 was 27.7%, as
compared to 34.6% in 1994. The decline in gross margin percentage was  primarily
attributable  to a shift in sales mix away from higher margin Bernoulli products
to lower margin Zip products. Start-up costs associated with the introduction of
Zip and Jaz products also contributed to the decline in gross margin percentage.
The Company's gross margin percentage increased from 25.4% in the third  quarter
of  1995 to 30.6% in the fourth quarter of 1995, which is primarily attributable
to an increase in  sales of Zip disks,  which have significantly higher  margins
than drives, as a percentage of total sales.
 
    SELLING,   GENERAL  AND  ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSES.    Selling,  general  and
administrative expenses  increased by  55% in  1995 as  compared to  1994. As  a
percentage  of sales,  these expenses  declined from 26.1%  in 1994  to 17.5% in
1995. The decline in percentage  is due to the  increased sales volume in  1995.
The  actual  selling, general  and  administrative expenses  increased  by $20.3
million in 1995 as compared to  1994. The increased expenses were primarily  the
result  of advertising and  promotion expenses incurred  to launch new products,
variable selling  expenses,  and increased  salaries  and wages  resulting  from
increased headcount in all areas of sales, marketing and administration.
 
    RESEARCH  AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES.   Research and development expenses were
6.0% of sales in 1995, compared to 10.9% in 1994. The decline in percentages  is
due  to the increased sales volumes in 1995. The actual research and development
expenses increased by $4.1 million in  1995 compared to 1994. This increase  was
primarily  the result  of expenditures  related to  the development  of the Zip,
Ditto and Jaz products.
 
    OTHER.  In 1995, the  Company recorded a net  foreign currency loss of  $1.2
million.  This loss was primarily a result of losses incurred in connection with
the remeasurement of forward exchange  contracts to market values. The  majority
of  the  loss was  incurred in  the first  quarter  of 1995  as the  U.S. dollar
weakened against foreign  currencies (primarily European  currencies) that  were
hedged by the forward contracts in place at March 31, 1995. In the first quarter
of  1995, the  Company bought  more than its  customary three  months of forward
exchange contracts with the intent of  hedging operating cash flows through  the
remainder  of the year  and in anticipation of  a strengthening dollar. However,
the dollar  continued  to  weaken  against  the  currencies  that  were  hedged,
resulting  in a $1.5 million charge to operations. The loss on the remeasurement
of forward exchange contracts was partially offset by translation gains recorded
in remeasurement of its  foreign subsidiary's financial  statements to the  U.S.
dollar.
 
    The  Company  recorded  interest expense  of  $1.7  million in  1995  due to
borrowings on short-term credit lines as well as capital leases. Interest income
declined from $.9 million in 1994 to  $.5 million in 1995 due to declining  cash
balances. Other income of $.4 million recorded in 1995 is primarily attributable
to royalty payments received related to the Company's Ditto products.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
    For  1995, the Company recorded a tax provision of $3.1 million representing
an effective income tax rate of 27%, which reflects utilization of available tax
credits and foreign net operating loss carryforwards.
 
1994 AS COMPARED TO 1993
 
    Sales decreased by 4% in 1994 when compared to 1993. Significant declines in
sales of 5 1/4-inch 44- and 90-MB Bernoulli drive products were partially offset
by increased  sales of  5 1/4-inch  150- and  230-MB Bernoulli  drive  products.
Bernoulli  drive sales dollars  in total declined  in 1994 as  compared to 1993.
Unit sales of  Bernoulli drives were  relatively flat in  1994 versus 1993,  but
price  reductions resulted  in lower  sales dollars.  Bernoulli disk  sales also
declined in 1994 as compared to 1993  in both dollars and units. These  declines
in  Bernoulli sales were  partially offset by increased  sales of tape products.
Tape drive unit sales doubled in 1994  as compared to 1993, while sales  dollars
increased at a slightly lower rate due to a lower average price on tape products
in   1994.  Sales  of  the  Company's  SyQuest-compatible  removable  hard  disk
cartridges (which  have been  discontinued) increased  in 1994,  which offset  a
decline in Floptical product sales.
 
    Sales  to the U.S. market declined in 1994 when compared to 1993 as a result
of decreasing sales of Bernoulli products,  which were only partially offset  by
increases  in tape product  sales. International sales,  including export sales,
increased by approximately 25% and  represented 37% of total consolidated  sales
in 1994 compared to 28% in 1993. Substantial increases in sales of tape products
in  Europe were the primary reason for  the increased sales in the international
channels.
 
    Cost of sales increased as a percentage of sales from 62.9% in 1993 to 65.4%
in 1994. The  decline in  the gross  margin percentage  was partially  due to  a
higher  mix of tape products  which have lower gross  margins than the Bernoulli
products. In addition,  all product  lines continued  to experience  competitive
price  pressures which resulted in lower selling prices in 1994 when compared to
1993. Partially offsetting these  factors, both the  Bernoulli and tape  product
lines benefitted from significant production cost reductions which were realized
throughout 1994.
 
    Selling,  general and administrative expenses  decreased by $2.0 million and
decreased slightly as a  percentage of sales from  26.4% to 26.1%. Decreases  in
selling, general and administrative expenses resulted from restructuring actions
which  occurred in January and  June of 1994, including  the closing down of the
Floptical product line, as well as streamlining operations in both the U.S.  and
Europe.  Sales and marketing expenses were increased  in the latter part of 1994
to introduce the  Zip product  line and  to reposition  the Company's  marketing
strategy  worldwide. In  addition, selling, general  and administrative expenses
increased in 1994 due to the payment of management bonuses.
 
    Research and development expenses decreased by $3.5 million and declined  as
a  percentage of sales from 12.9% in 1993 to 10.9% in 1994. The major decline in
research and development expenses resulted from  the sale of the Company's  thin
film  head development  operation located  in Fremont,  California in  the first
quarter of 1994 and from closing its Floptical development laboratory located in
Boulder, Colorado in the first quarter of 1994. Offsetting these decreases  were
increased   development  spending  on  the   Company's  tape  product  line  and
development costs for the Company's Zip product line.
 
    The Company's operating expenses were reduced in 1994 due to the reversal of
restructuring  reserves  totaling  $2.5  million.  The  Company  had  previously
recorded  restructuring reserves  totaling $11.5  million at  December 31, 1993.
During 1993 and  1994, the Company  effected most of  the restructuring  actions
that  had been planned, but due to changing conditions, it elected to change the
scope and focus of other previously planned activities. As a result, the Company
no longer required $2.5 million of the previously recorded reserves and reversed
the unneeded  reserves  in  the fourth  quarter  of  1994. The  Company  had  no
remaining restructuring reserves on its balance sheet at December 31, 1994.
 
    Interest income increased by $0.3 million in 1994 as compared to 1993 due to
a  slight increase in cash and temporary investments, as well as higher interest
rates  earned  on  available  balances.  Other  income  consisted  primarily  of
royalties  received,  offset in  part  by losses  incurred  on the  writedown of
computer systems and foreign currency losses.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
    In 1993,  the Company  increased  its deferred  tax  assets as  required  by
Statement  of  Financial Accounting  Standards No.  109, "Accounting  for Income
Taxes" (SFAS No. 109). The  deferred tax assets net  value at December 31,  1993
was  $5.0  million. The  realizability of  deferred  tax assets  was reevaluated
throughout 1994  in  light of  changing  business conditions  and  uncertainties
regarding  previously contemplated strategies. As a result, the Company recorded
a tax provision of $3.3 million to increase the valuation allowance to cover the
realizability of the deferred tax assets to its estimated realizable value as of
December 31, 1994. In addition to this tax provision which was recorded in 1994,
the Company recognized a  tax benefit of  $1.4 million in  the third quarter  of
1994 as a result of a change in an estimate on the Company's 1993 tax return due
to a change in the transfer price on products between the Company and its German
subsidiary. The change in transfer price was a result of an independent economic
study.  The  above items  resulted in  a  tax provision  for 1994  totaling $1.9
million.
 
SELECTED QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS
 
    The following  table  sets  forth certain  unaudited  quarterly  results  of
operations  of the  Company for each  quarter of  1995 and the  first quarter of
1996. In the opinion of management,  these financial data have been prepared  on
the  same basis as the audited  consolidated financial statements of the Company
and include  all  adjustments, consisting  only  of normal  recurring  accruals,
necessary  for  a  fair presentation  of  the  results of  operations  for these
periods.  These  financial  data  should   be  read  in  conjunction  with   the
Consolidated  Financial Statements and  the Notes thereto  included elsewhere in
this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              QUARTER ENDED
                                                       ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       APRIL 2,    JULY 2,   OCTOBER 1,   DECEMBER 31,   MARCH 31,
                                                         1995       1995        1995          1995          1996
                                                       ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------  ----------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>
Sales................................................  $  40,112  $  52,594   $  84,721    $   148,798   $  221,988
Cost of sales........................................     28,395     40,907      63,225        103,311      162,088
                                                       ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------  ----------
  Gross margin.......................................     11,717     11,687      21,496         45,487       59,900
                                                       ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------  ----------
Operating expenses:
  Selling, general and administrative................      9,349     10,162      13,878         23,800       33,156
  Research and development...........................      4,126      3,976       4,691          6,783        6,991
                                                       ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------  ----------
  Total operating expenses...........................     13,475     14,138      18,569         30,583       40,147
                                                       ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------  ----------
Operating income (loss)..............................     (1,758)    (2,451)      2,927         14,904       19,753
Interest and other income (expense)..................        (20)       (55)       (230)        (1,678)      (3,161)
                                                       ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------  ----------
Income (loss) before income taxes....................     (1,778)    (2,506)      2,697         13,226       16,592
Benefit (provision) for income taxes.................        280        559        (672)        (3,303)      (6,471)
                                                       ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------  ----------
Net income (loss)....................................  $  (1,498) $  (1,947)  $   2,025    $     9,923   $   10,121
                                                       ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------  ----------
                                                       ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------  ----------
Net income (loss) per common share...................  $   (0.01) $   (0.02)  $    0.02    $      0.08   $     0.08
                                                       ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------  ----------
                                                       ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------  ----------
Weighted average common shares outstanding...........    112,602    114,036     127,236        127,560      128,838
</TABLE>
 
    Sales in the first quarter of 1995 consisted primarily of sales of Bernoulli
and Ditto drives and media. Zip products, which began shipping late in the first
quarter of 1995, accounted for an increasing  portion of sales over each of  the
remaining  three quarters of  1995 and the  first quarter of  1996. Sales of Zip
products throughout  1995  and  the  first quarter  of  1996  were  affected  by
component  shortages which  limited production.  The Company  began shipping Jaz
drives in limited quantities during December 1995.
 
    The  losses  incurred  in  the  first  and  second  quarters  of  1995  were
predominantly a result of the start-up costs associated with the introduction of
Zip,  component shortages relating  to Zip and anticipated  declines in sales of
Bernoulli products. Bernoulli  products, which  accounted for more  than 60%  of
total  sales in the  fourth quarter of 1994,  declined to less  than 5% of total
sales by the first quarter  of 1996. In the first  quarter of 1996, Zip and  Jaz
accounted for 84% of sales, and Ditto represented 12% of sales.
 
    Quarterly fluctuations in gross margin percentages were primarily related to
the  mix of products sold and start-up costs associated with the introduction of
new   products.   Gross    margins   declined    from   29%    in   the    first
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
quarter  of 1995 to 22%  in the second quarter,  primarily due to start-up costs
associated with  the introduction  of Zip  products and  a decline  in sales  of
higher  margin Bernoulli  products. Gross margins  improved to 25%  in the third
quarter primarily due to  the impact of increased  sales of Zip products,  which
more  than offset the decline  in sales of higher  margin Bernoulli products. In
the  fourth  quarter,  gross  margins  improved  to  31%,  which  was  primarily
attributable  to an  increase in  sales of  Zip disks,  which have significantly
higher margins than  drives, as  a percentage of  total sales.  The increase  in
margins  in the third and fourth quarters, together with continued management of
fixed costs, resulted in the Company's profitability in the second half of  1995
and  for the total year. In the first quarter of 1996, gross margin was 27%. The
decline in the first quarter of 1996 compared to the fourth quarter of 1995  was
primarily  due to start up costs associated  with the Company's Jaz products and
the relative mix in the quarter between lower margin and higher margin products.
 
    Although sales of  Zip products were  the primary reason  for the  Company's
revenue  growth during 1995 and  sales of Zip and  Jaz products were the primary
reason for the Company's revenue growth  during the first quarter of 1996,  such
sales  may be attributable in  large part to the novelty  of the product and the
initial publicity surrounding the  introduction of Zip and  Jaz, and may not  be
indicative  of the  long-term demand  for such  products. Accordingly, investors
should not assume that the  sales growth experienced by  the Company in 1995  or
the  first quarter of 1996 is an  indication of future sales. Moreover, in light
of the Company's revenue growth  in 1995 and the first  quarter of 1996 and  the
change  in the nature of  its business over the  past year, the Company believes
that period-to-period comparisons of its  financial results are not  necessarily
meaningful.  See "Risk Factors--Recent Introduction  of Zip and Jaz; Uncertainty
of Market Acceptance" and "-- Recent Operating Losses; Quarterly Fluctuations in
Operating Results; Risk of Failure to Satisfy Market Expectations."
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    At March  31,  1996, the  Company  had cash  and  cash equivalents  of  $0.7
million,  working capital  of $54.4  million and  a ratio  of current  assets to
current liabilities of 1.3 to 1. During 1995, the Company used $15.8 million  in
cash  and  cash  equivalents,  consisting of  $27.0  million  used  in operating
activities, and $42.5 million in  investing activities, offset by $53.7  million
provided  by  financing activities.  For  the first  three  months of  1996, the
Company's cash  position remained  flat, with  $11.4 million  used in  operating
activities  and  $14.5 million  used in  investing  activities, offset  by $25.6
million provided by financing activities.
 
    On July  5,  1995,  the Company  entered  into  a loan  agreement  with  the
Commercial  Finance Division of Wells Fargo. Effective May 13, 1996, the Company
renewed and amended its loan agreement  with Wells Fargo. The amended  agreement
permits  revolving loans, term  loans and letters  of credit up  to an aggregate
outstanding principal  amount equal  to the  lesser of  $100 million  or 80%  of
eligible accounts receivable. Amounts outstanding are collateralized by accounts
receivable,  inventory, equipment, general intangibles and certain other assets.
The new revolving line bears interest at the bank's prime rate plus 0.5% and the
term loans bear  interest at the  bank's prime rate  plus 0.75%. This  agreement
expires  June  30,  1997. Under  this  agreement,  the Company  may  also secure
financing of  equipment purchases  from third  parties up  to a  maximum of  $75
million,  less term loans outstanding to  Wells Fargo. Among other restrictions,
the agreement requires the Company to maintain minimum levels of working capital
and net worth.  In November 1995,  a foreign subsidiary  of the Company  entered
into  an  agreement  with a  German  commercial bank  for  up to  DM  50 million
(approximately $35 million), which involves the sale of a portion of the foreign
subsidiary's accounts  receivable to  the  bank. In  addition, the  Company  has
entered  into various  agreements to provide  capital lease  financing and other
term loans for the purchase of certain manufacturing equipment.
 
    The  Company's  balance  sheet  at  March  31,  1996  reflected   short-term
borrowings  of $32.4 million,  representing utilization of  the revolving credit
line with Wells  Fargo of  $1.8 million,  term loans  with Wells  Fargo of  $3.3
million,  borrowings under  the German loan  agreement of $23.9  million and the
short-term portion of  capital lease obligations  and other term  loans of  $3.4
million.  At  March  31, 1996,  the  Company's long-term  borrowings  were $52.6
million, consisting of $46.0 million of  the Convertible Notes, $4.3 million  in
capitalized  leases and  $2.3 million of  other term notes.  The borrowings have
been used to finance working capital needs, including increases in inventory and
accounts receivable,  and  capital  expenditures related  to  production  volume
increases.
 
    Accounts receivable increased by $38.8 million at March 31, 1996 compared to
December  31, 1995, due to increased  sales. Inventory increased by $6.9 million
during the first quarter of 1996 due to build-ups in
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
manufacturing capacity. The  7% increase in  inventory, as compared  to the  49%
increase  in sales volume from the fourth  quarter of 1995, reflects an increase
in inventory turnover in the first quarter of 1996 versus the fourth quarter  of
1995.  Also, the inventory balance at March 31,  1996 was reduced by the sale of
inventory,  which  had  previously  been  consigned  to  one  of  the  Company's
suppliers,  to that  supplier. The increases  in receivables  and inventory were
more than offset  by increases in  accounts payable and  accrued liabilities  of
$25.4 million and $43.2 million in net proceeds from issuance of the Convertible
Notes.
 
    Fixed  asset additions for the first  quarter of 1996 totaled $19.4 million,
offset by $4.8  million of  proceeds from  capital leases.  These additions  are
primarily  related to  increased manufacturing capacity  for Zip,  Ditto and Jaz
products. The  Company  expects  capital  expenditures  in  future  quarters  to
continue  to be  significant as  production capacity  is added  at the Company's
current manufacturing  facility, as  well as  tooling at  vendor facilities  and
third-party manufacturing facilities.
 
    The  Company  expects  that the  proceeds  of this  offering,  together with
current sources of  financing available to  the Company, will  be sufficient  to
fund the Company's operations into 1997, including any planned expense increases
or  capital expenditures  discussed above.  Thereafter, the  Company may require
additional funds to finance its operations. The precise amount and timing of the
Company's funding needs cannot be determined at this time, and will depend  upon
a number of factors, including the market demand for the Company's products, the
availability  of critical components, the  Company's strategic alliances for the
manufacture of its products, the  progress of the Company's product  development
efforts,  the success of the Company  in improving its inventory management, the
Company's management of its cash and accounts payable, and the Company's ability
to refinance its  outstanding debt, a  significant portion of  which matures  in
late 1996. The Company currently expects that it would seek to obtain such funds
from  additional  borrowing arrangements  and/or a  public  offering of  debt or
equity securities. There can be no assurance that funds required by the  Company
in the future will be available on terms satisfactory to the Company, if at all.
See "Risk Factors-- Decline in Liquidity; Future Capital Needs."
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
    The  Company  designs,  manufactures  and  markets  innovative  data storage
solutions, based  on removable-media  technology,  that help  personal  computer
users  "manage their stuff."  The Company's data  storage solutions include disk
drives marketed under the  tradenames Zip and  Jaz and a  family of tape  drives
marketed  under the tradename Ditto.  The Company's Zip and  Jaz disk drives are
designed to provide users  with the benefits of  high capacity and rapid  access
generally   associated  with  hard  disk  drives   and  the  benefits  of  media
removability generally associated with floppy disk drives, including  expandable
storage  capacity  and  data  transportability,  management  and  security.  The
Company's Ditto  tape  drives  primarily  address the  market  for  backup  data
storage.  The Company began shipping Zip drives  in March 1995 and Jaz drives in
December 1995.
 
    Designed as a  mass-market product,  the Zip  drive addresses  the needs  of
personal  computer  users  for  an  affordable  storage  device  for  hard drive
expansion, data transportability, management and  security and data backup.  The
drive  uses 100-MB disks to provide 70  times the capacity of traditional floppy
disks. See "Business--Products--Zip."  The external  model of the  Zip drive  is
generally  sold by retailers for  under $200 and the  100-MB disks are typically
sold for under $15 per disk in ten-packs. The Jaz drive also provides hard drive
expansion, data  transportability,  management  and security  and  data  backup.
However,  the Jaz  drive, which  features 1-GB  removable disks  and offers data
transfer rates comparable to those of most current hard disk drives, is targeted
to address the  high-performance needs of  computer users storing,  transporting
and  playing demanding multimedia applications, such as full-screen, full-motion
video. The external model of  the Jaz drive is  generally sold by retailers  for
under  $600, while the internal version is generally sold by retailers for under
$500. The  1-GB Jaz  disks typically  sell  for approximately  $99 per  disk  in
five-packs.  The Company's  Ditto family  of tape  drives addresses  the need of
personal computer  users for  an easy-to-use,  dependable backup  solution.  The
Company offers internal and external Ditto tape drives based on leading industry
standards ranging in capacity from 420 MBs to 3.2 GBs (using data compression).
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
    The  Company  believes,  based  upon  information  in  a  1995  report  from
International Data Corporation ("IDC"), that there are in excess of 150  million
personal   computers  in  use  worldwide.   Many  of  these  personal  computers
(particularly those in  the home) are  used by more  than one person.  Moreover,
many people make regular use of more than one personal computer; for example, an
individual  may use one  computer in his or  her office, another  at home, and a
laptop computer while traveling.  Issues that each user  of a personal  computer
must  confront are  how to  store, transport,  share, manage,  secure and backup
computer files and applications.
 
    The vast majority  of personal  computers in  use today  incorporate both  a
conventional  hard disk drive  (which is also known  as a rigid  disk drive or a
"Winchester" disk drive)  and a floppy  disk drive for  data storage. Hard  disk
drives  use magnetic technology to  store data on rigid  rotating disks that are
generally fixed  permanently  in  the  drive mechanism.  Hard  disk  drives  are
characterized by their large storage capacities--capacities ranging from 540 MBs
to  2 GBs are  becoming increasingly common in  new personal computers--and fast
performance. Hard  disk drives  are  the primary  data  storage device  on  most
personal  computers.  Floppy  disk  drives, which  are  also  based  on magnetic
technology, store data on thin plastic disks that are removable from the  drive.
Floppy disk drives are typically used for software distribution and transporting
and  sharing data. Most floppy  disk drives in use  today utilize 1.44-MB disks,
which is not sufficient capacity  to store many files  and programs on a  single
disk.
 
    In  addition to hard disk  drives and floppy disk  drives, a number of other
data storage  devices have  come into  use  in recent  years. In  particular,  a
growing number of new personal computers incorporate a CD-ROM (compact disk-read
only  memory) drive.  CD-ROM disks,  which are  read by  the CD-ROM  drive using
optical technology,  are capable  of  storing up  to 650  MBs  of data  and  are
well-suited  for distribution of information and software applications. However,
CD-ROM drives are not capable of recording  the user's data. A variety of  other
lesser-known  removable storage  technologies which  are capable  of reading and
recording data are  also available  for use with  personal computers,  including
disk  drives  systems using  removable  "hard" magnetic  cartridge  disks, which
generally either employ similar technology to hard disk drives or the  Company's
proprietary  Bernoulli  technology;  writable  optical  disk  drives,  which use
various technologies to read and record data in a
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
digital format that can be read  by laser light; "floptical" disk drives,  which
store  data on a magnetic disk similar to  a conventional floppy disk and use an
optical pattern for servotracking; and flash  memory cards, which store data  on
computer chips.
 
    The  Company estimates,  based on information  from 1995 reports  of IDC and
Dataquest and its knowledge of the industry, that approximately 210 million data
storage devices for personal  computers, representing approximately $30  billion
in  revenue at the OEM level, were sold in 1995. Included in these sales figures
are hard disk drives, floppy disk  drives, CD-ROM drives, removable disk  drives
and  tape drives. This market is principally comprised of conventional hard disk
drives, which  the Company  estimates represented  over 40%  of unit  sales  and
approximately  two-thirds of  dollar sales,  and floppy  disk drives,  which the
Company estimates represented approximately 40% of unit sales but less than  10%
of dollar sales.
 
THE NEED FOR NEW DATA STORAGE SOLUTIONS
 
    In  recent years, advances in software, including memory-intensive graphical
operating  systems,  integrated  suites  of  word  processing,  spreadsheet  and
database  applications, and multimedia applications, have dramatically increased
the storage needs of personal computer users. For example, a popular CD  version
of  Windows  95 (which  includes certain  pre-packaged software  applications in
addition to the Windows 95 operating system) includes 629 MBs of data, which  is
greater  than the capacity of most hard  drives in use today. In addition, data-
intensive, multimedia files  are increasingly being  made available to  personal
computer  users via on-line  services and the  Internet. For example, CD-quality
sound generally  requires 2  MBs  of storage  capacity  per minute,  using  data
compression  software,  and  9 MBs  per  minute without  compression;  and MPEG1
compressed DSS-satellite quality video generally requires approximately 8 MBs of
storage capacity per minute, while broadcast-quality video requires 250 MBs  per
minute. Largely as a result of these trends, it has been estimated that the data
storage  needs of personal computer users  are doubling every year. Accordingly,
personal computer  users  increasingly  need  to  expand  the  amount  of  their
available primary storage.
 
    Personal  computer users  demand data  storage solutions  that do  more than
simply provide additional storage capacity. For example, personal computer users
are increasingly  seeking  a  reliable  way to  transport  large  files  between
computers,  thus  allowing  them  to  work on  the  same  files  using different
computers, and also enabling information to be provided to other computer users.
In addition, with  many personal computers  (particularly home computers)  being
used  by more than one  person, many personal computer  users are looking for an
effective means of organizing  and segregating the files  of different users  of
the  same  computer. Personal  computer  users also  need  a reliable  method of
securing sensitive files from unauthorized viewing or modification. Finally, the
increase in the data being used and stored on personal computers has  heightened
the need for a practical method of backing up this data.
 
    The  Company believes that neither conventional  hard disk drives nor floppy
disk drives are capable of adequately addressing all of the information  storage
and  management  needs of  personal  computer users.  A  hard disk  drive  is an
effective product for primary  data storage. However,  using an additional  hard
disk drive to provide additional storage capacity is an unattractive solution to
many  personal computer  users because the  installation of  the additional hard
drive (which generally involves selecting a compatible hard disk drive,  opening
the  computer  case,  and  internally  connecting the  hard  disk  drive  to the
appropriate controller card) may be difficult. More importantly, once the  drive
is installed, the amount of additional available space is limited to the size of
the  new hard  disk drive. Furthermore,  a new  hard drive does  not address the
issues of data transportability, management and security.
 
    Removable-media storage devices, such as  floppy disk drives, offer many  of
the  advantages  that hard  disk  drives do  not,  such as  future expandability
through the purchase of additional removable-media cartridges or disks; and data
transportability, management and security, since the media storing the data  can
be  removed  from the  drive, used  in other  computers and  stored in  a secure
location. However, the Company believes that expanding storage capacity  through
conventional floppy disks, while inexpensive (floppy disks are generally sold by
retailers  at  less than  $1.00 per  disk  in multi-packs),  is not  an adequate
solution because it is too slow and because each disk only stores up to 1.44 MBs
of  data,  making  it   too  small  for  many   of  today's  personal   computer
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
files  and programs. Floppy disks are  also not well-suited for backup purposes,
since approximately 70 floppy disks would be  required for each 100 MBs of  data
to  be  backed up  and  the user  would  have to  be  present during  the backup
procedure in order to insert and remove each floppy disk.
 
    Other types of removable-media  data storage devices  are now available  for
use  with personal computers, including  magnetic cartridge disk drives, optical
disk drives,  "floptical" disk  drives and  flash memory  cards. However,  these
devices,  while popular  in certain  niche markets,  have not  gained widespread
market acceptance, in part because the Company believes that they have not  been
able  to  match the  price/performance levels  offered by  hard disk  drives and
floppy disk drives.
 
    The following  table sets  forth  certain of  the principal  advantages  and
disadvantages  of various storage technologies  currently available for users of
personal computers:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TECHNOLOGY               ADVANTAGES                                      DISADVANTAGES
- ---------------------  ----------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------
<S>                    <C>                                             <C>
Hard Disk Drives       - Very fast average access time                 - Fixed capacity
                       (generally 8 to 20 msec) and data               - Disks storing data are not removable
                       transfer rate (generally 2 to 6                 or transportable
                       MB/sec)                                         - Less attractive aftermarket solution
                       - Large storage capacity (generally             due to difficulty of installation
                       from 800MB to 4 GB)
                       - Inexpensive cost per MB of storage
                       - Proven technology/industry standard
 
Floppy Disk Drives     - Inexpensive drives and media                  - Capacity is limited to 1.44 MB
                       - Disks are removable and                       per disk
                       transportable                                   - Slow average access time (165 msec)
                       - Proven technology/industry standard           and data transfer rate
 
CD-ROM Drives          - High capacity (650 MB)                        - Read-only; users cannot store data
                       - Unlimited expansion                           - Very slow average access time
                       - Disks are removable and                       (230 msec)
                       transportable
                       - Inexpensive drives and media
                       - High durability
                       - Emerging industry standard for
                       multimedia applications
 
Optical Drives         - Media is inexpensive                          - Drives are expensive
                       - Unlimited expansion                           - Several different formats exist, not
                       - Disks are removable and                       all of which are compatible
                       transportable                                   - Some formats are not erasable
                       - Some formats are capable of reading           - Average access times for
                       CD-ROM disks                                    some formats are significantly
                                                                       slower than hard disk drives
 
Floptical Drives       - Capable of reading and writing to             - Currently available in low capacities
                       traditional floppy disks                        (although a 120MB Floptical has
                       - Unlimited expansion                           been announced)
                       - Disks are removable and
                       transportable
 
Tape Drives            - High capacity for backup purposes             - Not capable of random access
                       - Tapes are removable and                       - Very slow average access time
                       transportable
                       - Inexpensive media
                       - Very low cost per MB of storage
 
Flash Cards            - Fastest access time and data transfer         - Very expensive
                       rate
                       - Removable and transportable
</TABLE>
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
    The  Company believes, based  on its consumer research,  that the market for
personal computer data storage solutions can be roughly divided into two  market
segments,  based on the characteristics computer  users demand of a data storage
solution  and  the  relative  importance  they  place  on  the  advantages   and
disadvantages  listed above. The first, referred to  by the Company as the "mass
market", is characterized by  computer users who are  often uninterested in  the
detailed technical specifications of a data storage solution and who simply want
a  data storage solution to  "manage their stuff." For  these computer users, an
affordable price is generally the most important criterion. The second, referred
to by  the  Company  as  the  "power  user"  or  "high-performance  market,"  is
characterized  by  persons  who  use  their  personal  computers  for  demanding
applications  and  who   are  more   focused  on  capacity,   speed  and   other
state-of-the-art performance features than on price.
 
IOMEGA SOLUTIONS
 
    The  Company believes  its Zip and  Jaz disk drives  address key information
storage and management  needs of  today's personal computer  users by  providing
affordable,  easy-to-use storage  solutions that  combine the  high capacity and
rapid access  of  hard disk  drives  with  the benefits  of  media  removability
generally  associated  with  floppy  disk  drives.  Specifically,  the Company's
products offer the following benefits to personal computer users.
 
    EXPANDABLE STORAGE CAPACITY.   As personal  computer users are  increasingly
forced  to expand their primary storage capacity (generally provided by the hard
disk drive  incorporated in  the computer),  Zip  and Jaz  provide an  easy  and
efficient  way to do so. Both the Zip  and the Jaz drive can be easily connected
or installed and offer unlimited  additional storage capacity, in increments  of
100 MBs (in the case of Zip) and 1 GB (in the case of Jaz).
 
    MEDIA  REMOVABILITY.  Both Zip and Jaz store data on high-capacity removable
disks, thus enabling computer users to:
 
       -take programs and files from an office computer and work with them on  a
        home or laptop computer;
 
       -share programs and files with other personal computer users;
 
       -organize data by storing different files on different disks;
 
       -create a "separate personal computer" for each person using the computer
        (such  as different family  members)--each user can store  all of his or
        her software and  data on a  single disk  that can be  removed from  the
        computer  and  privately  stored  when  that  person  is  not  using the
        computer; and
 
       -remove particularly sensitive or valuable information from the  computer
        for  storage in a different location, thus protecting it against viewing
        or modification by another  user of the computer  and against damage  to
        the computer.
 
    DATA  BACKUP.  The Company's family of Ditto tape drives, as well as the Zip
and the Jaz drive,  offer a convenient and  effective way for personal  computer
users to create backup copies of their programs and files.
 
    ATTRACTIVE  PRICE, PERFORMANCE AND FEATURES.   The Company believes that its
Zip and Jaz drives provide a combination of price, performance and features that
makes them  attractive data  storage  solutions for  their target  markets.  Zip
offers  data access times  and transfer rates and  storage capacity that greatly
exceeds that offered by conventional floppy disk drives, along with the benefits
of removable media, at a price that is attractive to mass-market customers.  Jaz
offers  many performance features comparable to those of most other data storage
devices (including conventional hard disk drives),  at a lower price than  other
currently available comparably performing removable-media storage devices.
 
COMPANY STRATEGY
 
    Iomega's  objective  is to  establish  its Zip,  Jaz  and Ditto  products as
industry-standard data  storage solutions  for personal  computer users  and  to
capture  an  increasing  share of  the  overall personal  computer  data storage
market. The Company's strategy to achieve this objective includes the  following
key elements:
 
    UNDERSTANDING  AND PROVIDING WHAT CUSTOMERS WANT.  Iomega's product strategy
is based on identifying the product characteristics that personal computer users
desire and  developing and  marketing products  that satisfy  these demands.  In
developing  and  introducing the  Zip and  Jaz drives,  the Company  undertook a
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
consumer research program to determine the performance and price characteristics
of storage  solutions demanded  by personal  computer users.  For example,  this
program  revealed to Iomega the  need for both the  mass-market Zip drive, which
was cost-engineered by the Company to sell at a price level attractive to casual
users and  the small  office/home office  market, and  the high-performance  Jaz
drive, which is primarily targeted at power users.
 
    DELIVERING  INTEGRATED SOLUTIONS.   The  Company's products  are designed to
provide customers with a  complete, easy-to-use solution  to their data  storage
needs.  The Company's  drives are shipped  with everything needed  to install or
connect the  drive, including  easy-to-use  software which  aids in  set-up  and
enhances the drive's functionality, and generally also include a media cartridge
for use in the drive.
 
    BROADENING  DISTRIBUTION THROUGH STRATEGIC MARKETING ALLIANCES.  The Company
believes that  broadening the  distribution of  its products  through  strategic
alliances with a variety of companies within the computer industry is a critical
element  in establishing  its products  as industry  standards. The  Company has
recently established OEM arrangements with personal computer manufacturers  such
as Hewlett-Packard Company, Micron Electronics (a mail-order manufacturer of IBM
PC-compatible personal computers) and Power Computing (the first Macintosh clone
manufacturer)  for the  incorporation of Zip,  Jaz or Ditto  drives into certain
models of their computers, and with  Sony Pictures for the incorporation of  Jaz
drives into certain products; and the Company is seeking to establish additional
OEM  relationships. The  Company also  has entered  into private  or co-branding
arrangements with  several  companies,  including  Maxell,  Seiko  Epson,  Fuji,
Memorex,  Sony  and  Reveal  Computer  Products,  who  are  selling  private  or
co-branded versions of Zip drives and disks. In addition, the Company's products
are sold by most  of the leading  retailers of computer  products in the  United
States,  including Best Buy,  Circuit City, CompUSA,  Computer City, Electronics
Boutique and PC Warehouse.
 
    MAXIMIZING SALES OF REMOVABLE DISKS.  The Company seeks to maximize sales of
its proprietary disks  because they generate  significantly higher margins  than
its  disk drives. The Company plans to accomplish this in part by increasing the
installed base  of  the  Company's removable-media  disk  drives,  through  such
initiatives  as OEM arrangements, licensing  third-party manufacturers of drives
on a royalty-bearing  basis and increasing  the Company's own  output of  drives
both  for sale by the Company and by others under private branding arrangements.
The Company also  plans to  increase sales  of Zip  and Jaz  disks by  educating
consumers  about the many possible uses for  Zip and Jaz disks. For example, the
multimedia demonstration software included with  the Zip and Jaz drives  informs
users  of  the  various applications  for  additional disks  (such  as security,
personal workspaces, backup)  and suggests  the number of  additional disks  the
user  may  need  in  response to  questions  the  user answers  as  part  of the
interactive demonstration.
 
    CONTINUING TO ENHANCE PRODUCT FEATURES AND TECHNOLOGY.  The Company plans to
use its experience in Bernoulli, tape, magneto-optical, floptical and  thin-film
head  technologies  for the  ongoing enhancement  of  existing products  and the
development of  new  products.  During  1994 and  1995,  the  Company's  product
development efforts were primarily devoted to the development of its Zip and Jaz
products,  which  began commercial  shipment in  March  1995 and  December 1995,
respectively. During 1996, the Company expects that its development efforts will
be primarily  focused  on enhancing  the  features, developing  higher  capacity
versions and reducing the production costs of its Zip, Jaz and Ditto products.
 
    LEVERAGING  MANUFACTURING CAPABILITIES  THROUGH PARTNERING.   In addition to
manufacturing or assembling a portion of  each of the Company's products  (other
than  the Jaz drive)  at its Roy,  Utah manufacturing facility,  the Company has
established strategic relationships with various suppliers and manufacturers  to
increase  the production capacity of its new  products and to establish a second
source of drive  and disk  production. The Company  intends to  continue to  use
third-party  manufacturing as a means of  increasing the availability and market
penetration of the Company's drive products, to reduce costs of production,  and
to   benefit  from  the  expertise   of  experienced  high-volume  manufacturing
companies. The  Company plans  to  use third-party  manufacturers to  produce  a
majority of its products in the future.
 
    EXPANDING  INTERNATIONAL SALES.  The Company began offering its Zip products
in Europe in August 1995  and its Jaz products in  Europe in February 1996.  The
Company  believes that it  is the leading  vendor of tape  drives in Europe, and
that its existing European  distribution channel is  well-suited to selling  the
Zip  and Jaz removable-media  drive products. During the  third quarter of 1995,
Maxell, Seiko Epson and Fuji began selling
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
co-branded versions of the Zip drive in Japan, and the Company has expanded  its
presence  in  the Far  East by  opening a  Singapore sales  office in  1996. The
Company expects international sales to increase as a result of its  introduction
of Zip and Jaz into international markets.
 
PRODUCTS
 
    The  Company  offers  products targeted  at  both  the mass  market  and the
high-performance market. The Zip drive and the Ditto 420 and Ditto Easy 800 tape
drives were designed to  achieve price levels which  the Company determined  are
critical to mass-market consumers. The Jaz drive and Ditto Easy 3200 tape drive,
on  the  other hand,  are principally  targeted  to more  technically demanding,
high-end customers,  who the  Company  believes are  less price  sensitive  than
typical mass-market consumers.
 
    The following table lists the principal data storage devices currently being
offered by the Company:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   TYPICAL RETAIL
PRODUCT (YEAR                                          PRICE
INTRODUCED)*                MEDIA AND CAPACITY      DRIVE/DISK**                 TECHNOLOGY
- -------------------------  --------------------  ------------------  ----------------------------------
<S>                        <C>                   <C>                 <C>
Zip (1995)                 100-MB Zip Disks      $199/$14.99         Drive: Winchester heads
                                                                     Disks: Advanced flexible media
Jaz (1995)                 1-GB Jaz Disks        $599/$99.99         Drive: Thin-film heads
                                                                     Disks: Two rigid disk platters
Ditto 420 (1994)           Ditto Tape            $99                 Drive: Direct drive mechanism
Ditto Easy 800 (1995)      minicartridges        $149                Media: Industry standard quarter
Ditto Easy 3200 (1996)     (420-MB, 800-MB,      $299                inch cartridges
                           3200-MB)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
*   Drives  are  available  in  internal and  external  versions.  The indicated
    capacities for  Ditto  drives  represent the  maximum  capacity  using  data
    compression.
**  Indicates  the typical price at which the  external version of the drive and
    the highest capacity media for that drive is sold at retail. Prices for  the
    internal  version of  a drive and  for smaller capacity  media are generally
    lower. The  price for  the Ditto  420 is  the internal  version price.  Disk
    prices  represent per unit  purchase price in  multi-packs. Media prices for
    tape are not presented  because revenues from  tape minicartridge sales  are
    not material to the Company.
 
  ZIP
 
    The Company began shipping external Zip drives and 100-MB Zip disks in March
1995.  Designed as  an affordable mass-market  product, the  Zip drive addresses
multiple  needs  of  personal  computer   users:  hard  drive  expansion,   data
transportability,  management  and  security  and data  backup.  The  drive uses
interchangeable 100-MB Zip disks  to provide users  of IBM-compatible and  Apple
Macintosh  personal  computers  with  70 times  the  capacity  of,  and superior
performance to, traditional floppy disks.  Zip drives were designed with  100-MB
disks  based on the results of the  Company's market research, which showed that
85% of the files stored on personal computers are 100 MBs or less.
 
    Zip drives use  durable, high-capacity flexible  media and  Winchester-style
nanoslide  heads with a special airbearing  surface combined with a linear voice
coil motor. The Zip  drive provides high  capacity and rapid  access and can  be
used  for a number of data storage purposes.  The SCSI version of the Zip drive,
which offers faster  performance than the  parallel port version  of the  drive,
features 29 millisecond average seek time and an average sustained data transfer
rate  of 1.00  MB per second.  Software included  with the Zip  drive provides a
total data storage solution  by helping users organize  and copy their data  and
offers  software read/write protect,  which further enables  users to secure and
protect their data.
 
    The external, portable  version of  the Zip drive  weighs approximately  one
pound  and is offered in a parallel  port version for use with IBM PC-compatible
computers and  a SCSI  version for  use with  Apple Macintosh  computers or  IBM
PC-compatible  computers  which have  a SCSI  adapter  board. The  parallel port
version features printer pass through to allow normal operation of a printer  in
the  same port. The SCSI version has  two connectors allowing it to be connected
with  other  SCSI  devices.  The  external  Zip  drive  has  a  unique   compact
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
design,  including a royal blue color, a window allowing visibility of the label
on the cartridge being used,  rubber feet for positioning  the drive flat or  on
its  side, operation lights and  a finger slot for  easy cartridge insertion and
removal.
 
    Internal versions of the Zip drive include SCSI interface and IDE  interface
models.   In  September  1995,  Power   Computing,  the  first  Macintosh  clone
manufacturer, began offering internal 5 1/4-inch Zip SCSI drives as an option on
its computers. Beginning in  the first quarter of  1996, internal IDE  interface
models of the Zip drive were sold by Hewlett-Packard Company, which is including
them  in  one  model  of  its  Pavilion  line  of  home  computers,  and  Micron
Electronics, which is offering them as  a factory installable option on  certain
of  its computers. The Company has also  designed an internal version of the Zip
drive which incorporates a conventional 3 1/2-inch floppy disk drive.
 
    The Zip drive has  received numerous awards  from industry publications  and
trade  groups  in  select  categories  including:  PC/COMPUTING'S  Most Valuable
Product (1995); PUBLISH magazine's 1995 Publish Impact Award; CADENCE magazine's
Editor's Choice Award  (1995); the International  Digital Imaging  Association's
"Best  New Hardware" award (1995); listing  in COMPUTER LIFE magazine's "Best of
Everything" list (1995); and  the Millennium Hardware of  the Year award in  the
Product Excellence Category (1996).
 
    The  Zip drive carries  a limited one-year  warranty and Zip  disks are sold
with a limited lifetime warranty.
 
  JAZ
 
    The Company began shipping Jaz drives  and 1-GB Jaz disks in December  1995.
Jaz  addresses the  high-performance needs of  personal computer  users in three
areas: multimedia  applications  (audio,  video  and  graphics),  personal  data
management,  and hard  drive upgrade. The  Jaz drive offers  data transfer rates
comparable to those of most current hard disk drives, with an average  sustained
transfer  rate of 5.4 MBs per second,  12 millisecond average seek time and 17.5
millisecond average access time. Jaz disks are currently available in a capacity
of 1 GB, which the Company's market research indicated was a capacity that  many
high-performance  computer users demand, and 540-MB Jaz disks are expected to be
available in the first half of 1996. Using 1-GB disks, Jaz is capable of storing
and playing up to two hours of MPEG1 compressed DSS satellite quality video,  up
to  eight  hours of  CD-quality audio,  more than  20,000 scanned  documents for
document  imaging   or  up   to  four   minutes  of   full-screen,   full-motion
broadcast-quality video. The Jaz drive is available in an external SCSI version,
which  is generally  sold by retailers  for under  $600, and is  available in an
internal SCSI version, which is generally sold by retailers for under $500. Each
1-GB Jaz  cartridge sells  for  approximately $99,  in five-packs.  The  Company
expects  an internal IDE version  of the Jaz drive  to be available beginning in
the second half of 1996.
 
    The Jaz drive incorporates many innovative technological features  including
tri-pad,  thin-film  recording heads,  dynamic head  loading  and drag  and drop
motorized cartridge ejection. Jaz disks  feature a dual rigid platter  cartridge
and  a proprietary disk capture system which secures the dual disk platters when
not installed in  a drive, eliminating  rattle and reducing  the possibility  of
losing  valuable information. The drive  operates with leading operating systems
for personal  computers  and workstations,  including  Windows 95,  Windows  NT,
Windows 3.x, Macintosh and OS/2.
 
    The  external version of  the drive, which  weighs approximately two pounds,
features design enhancements similar to  those introduced with the external  Zip
drive,  including a unique jade colored casing,  a window to allow visibility of
the label on the cartridge being used and operating lights. Additional  features
include   an  auto-switching  power  supply  to  allow  operation  in  different
countries, auto-sensing SCSI termination and anti-gyro disk locking to  increase
durability.
 
    The  Jaz drive was named as Storage Product  of the Year at the COMDEX trade
show in November 1995.
 
    The Jaz drive  carries a limited  one-year warranty and  Jaz disks are  sold
with a limited lifetime warranty.
 
  DITTO
 
    The  Company's Ditto  family of tape  drives addresses the  need of personal
computer users for an  easy-to-use, dependable backup  solution. In response  to
the  information learned  from consumers regarding  the characteristics demanded
from backup storage devices, beginning in 1994 the Company redesigned its family
of
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
tape drives,  which  had first  been  introduced  in 1992.  The  Company  offers
internal  and external  models based  on leading  industry standards  ranging in
capacity from 420 MBs to 3.2 GBs  (using data compression). The tape drives  are
primarily  designed to backup  and protect against  loss of data  stored on hard
disk drives in IBM PC-compatible computers. Iomega's tape drives have a patented
beltless design which  the Company  believes enhances  reliability. The  storage
media  used by  Iomega's tape  products is  the industry-standard QIC-compatible
minicartridge. In addition, the Ditto Easy  800 and Ditto Easy 3200 support  new
high-capacity Travan cartridge technology.
 
    The  Ditto family  of tape drives  has achieved several  industry firsts. In
April 1992,  the  Iomega Tape  250  (later renamed  the  Ditto 250)  became  the
industry's  first commercially available QIC-standard,  one-inch high tape drive
and in March 1995 became the industry's first internal 250-MB tape drive to sell
for under $100. In June 1995, the Ditto 420 became the industry's first internal
420-MB tape  drive  to  sell  for  under $100.  In  October  1995,  the  Company
introduced  the Ditto  Easy 800, which  the Company believes  was the industry's
first external parallel port 800-MB tape drive to sell for under $150. The Ditto
Easy 800 features an enhanced design similar to, and is stackable with, the  Zip
and Jaz drives.
 
    The  Company's tape products  are generally available  in either internal or
external models.  The internal  versions  attach to  the standard  floppy  drive
interface  in IBM PC-compatible computers, while the external versions attach to
the parallel printer port on IBM PC-compatible computers and offer  pass-through
capability  for a printer. The drives are  shipped with backup software for both
DOS and Windows.
 
    In connection with the introduction of  the Ditto Easy 800 in October  1995,
the Company also introduced new 1-Step software designed to permit the backup of
an entire hard disk in a single step while the user continues working.
 
    The Ditto Easy 800 and the Ditto Easy 3200 carry a limited two-year warranty
and the Ditto 420 carries a limited five-year warranty. Ditto media is sold with
a limited two-year warranty.
 
  BERNOULLI
 
    These  5  1/4-inch half-height  drives  are removable-media  storage devices
based on the Company's proprietary Bernoulli technology. The Company's Bernoulli
drives and the associated disks are sold both in the form of a complete  storage
subsystem  for leading  personal computers and  workstations and in  the form of
components for integration into larger systems by OEMs or value-added  resellers
("VARs").  The Bernoulli MultiDisk-TM- 150 drive  began shipping in October 1992
and was Iomega's first drive  to use multiple capacity disks  - 35, 65, 105  and
150  MBs. The Company began shipping the  Bernoulli 230 drive in September 1994.
The Bernoulli drives are sold in internal and transportable versions.
 
    The Company is  now focusing its  development and marketing  efforts on  its
Zip, Jaz and Ditto products, and does not expect Bernoulli products to represent
a significant portion of the Company's revenues in the future.
 
MARKETING AND SALES
 
    The  Company  believes  that  broadening the  distribution  of  its products
through strategic marketing alliances with a variety of key companies within the
computer industry is a critical element in establishing its products as industry
standards. The Company's initial marketing strategy for the introduction of  its
new  products during 1995 was  to generate consumer awareness  of and demand for
such products by  focusing on aftermarket  sales to existing  users of  personal
computers  through leading  computer retail  channels. As  the next  step in its
strategy of promoting  its products as  new industry standards,  the Company  is
increasingly focusing its efforts on establishing OEM relationships with leading
personal  computer manufacturers  who will include  the Company's  products on a
factory-installed basis to purchasers of new personal computers.
 
  RETAIL DISTRIBUTION
 
    Retail outlets  for  the Company's  products  include mail  order  catalogs,
computer   superstores,   office   supply   superstores,   consumer  electronics
superstores and specialty  computer stores.  The Company sells  its products  to
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
retail  channels  directly,  as  well as  indirectly  through  distributors. The
Company's products are sold at a retail  level by most of the leading  retailers
of computer products in the United States. The following is a partial listing of
the retail chains carrying the Company's products.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>
Best Buy                         Electronics Boutique
CDW Computer Center              Elek-Tek
Circuit City                     Fry's Electronics
CompUSA                          MicroCenter
Computer City                    NeoStar
Creative Computer                OfficeMax
Egghead Software                 PC Warehouse
</TABLE>
 
  STRATEGIC MARKETING ALLIANCES
 
   
    In  addition to sales through these retail channels, the Company has entered
into a  number of  strategic marketing  alliances with  a variety  of  companies
within the computer industry. These alliances include OEM arrangements providing
for certain of the Company's products to be incorporated in new computer systems
at the time of purchase. For example, Power Computing, the first Macintosh clone
manufacturer,  is  offering  Zip drives  as  an  option in  certain  of  its new
computers, Micron Electronics,  a mail-order manufacturer  of IBM  PC-compatible
personal   computers,   is   offering   Zip,  Ditto   and   Jaz   drives   as  a
factory-installable option in certain of  its new computers and  Hewlett-Packard
is offering one model of its Pavilion line of home computers with a built-in Zip
drive.  The  Company's  strategic alliances  also  include  private-branding and
co-branding arrangements with  major vendors of  computer products covering  the
resale of the Company's products by such companies. For example, the Company has
entered  into co-branding arrangements  with Seiko Epson,  Maxell, Memorex, Sony
and Fuji, which  offer Zip drives  in Japan in  packages which feature  Iomega's
name  in addition to the partner's name, and has entered into a private-branding
arrangement with  Reveal Computer  Products, which  sells Zip  drives and  disks
under Reveal's tradename.
    
 
  INTERNATIONAL
 
    The  Company sells its  products outside of  North America primarily through
international distributors. The Company has  increased its sales efforts in  the
European  market in  the past  several years.  Sales are  accomplished primarily
through offices located  in Germany, Austria,  Belgium, France, Ireland,  Italy,
Norway,  Spain and the United Kingdom. The  Company opened a Singapore office in
1996. The Company has been  invoicing predominantly in foreign currencies  since
January 1992.
 
  MARKETING
 
    The  Company's marketing group is  responsible for positioning and promoting
the Company's products. The Company participates in various industry tradeshows,
including MacWorld and COMDEX, and seeks to generate coverage of its products in
a wide variety of trade publications. The Company did not engage in  significant
direct  consumer marketing  in 1995  in light of  the large  number of favorable
articles about the Company's products which appeared in newspapers and  computer
magazines   and  constraints  on  the  Company's  ability  to  further  increase
production levels. During the first quarter  of 1996 the Company launched  major
print  and  television advertising  campaigns in  support of  its Zip  and Ditto
products and the Company expects marketing and advertising expenses to  continue
to increase significantly as the Company seeks to expand market awareness of its
products  and educate  consumers about  the many possible  uses for  Zip and Jaz
disks.
 
    As is common practice in the  industry, the Company's arrangements with  its
customers  generally allow customers,  in the event of  a price decrease, credit
equal to the difference between the price originally paid and the new  decreased
price  on units in the customers' inventories on the date of the price decrease.
When a  price decrease  is  anticipated, the  Company establishes  reserves  for
amounts  estimated  to  be  reimbursed  to  qualifying  customers.  In addition,
customers generally have the right  to return excess inventory within  specified
time  periods. There can be no assurance  that these reserves will be sufficient
or that any future returns or price protection charges will not have a  material
adverse effect on the Company's results of operations.
 
    The   Company  markets  its  products  primarily  through  computer  product
distributors and retailers. Accordingly, since the Company grants credit to  its
customers,   a   substantial   portion   of   outstanding   accounts  receivable
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
are due from computer product distributors and certain large retailers. At March
31, 1996, the  customers with  the ten highest  outstanding accounts  receivable
balances  totaled $57.0 million, or 37%,  of gross accounts receivable, with one
customer accounting for $20.7 million, or 14%, of gross accounts receivable.  If
any  one or  a group  of these customers'  receivable balances  should be deemed
uncollectible, it would have a material adverse effect on the Company's  results
of operations and financial condition.
 
    During  the year ended December  31, 1994, sales to  Ingram Micro D, Inc., a
distributor, accounted for  11% of  sales. During  the quarter  ended March  31,
1996,  sales to Ingram Micro D, Inc. accounted for 11% of sales. No other single
customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company's sales in 1994, 1995 or the
first quarter of 1996.
 
    See "Risk Factors--Certain Marketing  and Sales Risks"  for a discussion  of
certain risks relating to the marketing and sales of the Company's products.
 
MANUFACTURING
 
    The  Company's products (other than Jaz drives) are manufactured both by the
Company at its facilities in Roy, Utah and by independent parties  manufacturing
products  for the Company on  a contract basis. Currently,  all of the Company's
Jaz drives  are manufactured  for  the Company  by a  third-party  manufacturer.
Manufacturing  activity  generally  consists of  assembling  various components,
subcomponents and prefabricated  parts manufactured  by the  Company or  outside
vendors.  The Company currently has third-party manufacturing relationships with
Seiko Epson (Zip drives),  MegaMedia Computer and  Sentinel (Zip disks),  Sequel
(Jaz drives) and First Engineering Plastics (Ditto drives). Although the Company
substantially  increased  its  manufacturing  capacity  (through  both  internal
expansion and  arrangements with  third-party  manufacturers) during  1995,  the
Company  was not able to produce enough Zip drives and Zip disks in 1995 to fill
all orders for  such products  due to  component supply  constraints and  normal
manufacturing  start-up  issues. To  minimize its  manufacturing costs,  to take
maximum advantage of its available personnel and facilities and to benefit  from
the  expertise of  experienced high-volume manufacturing  companies, the Company
plans to use third-party manufacturers to produce a majority of its products  in
the  future. There can  be no assurance  that the Company  will be successful in
establishing and managing such third-party manufacturing relationships, or  that
third-party manufacturers will be able to meet the Company's quantity or quality
requirements  for manufactured  products. Moreover,  the Company  has granted to
Seiko Epson the right to sell for its own account significant quantities of  the
Zip  drives it  produces and  may grant  other third-party  manufacturers, among
others, the right to  sell for their own  account significant quantities of  the
drives  they produce, thereby reducing the supply  of such drives to the Company
and increasing competition, including price  competition since the Company  does
not  control the price at  which such third parties  sell products for their own
account. See  "Risk  Factors--Reliance  on  Non-Binding  Contract  Manufacturing
Relationships."
 
    Many  components  incorporated  in,  or  used  in  the  manufacture  of, the
Company's products  are currently  only available  from sole  source  suppliers.
Moreover,  the  Company has  experienced difficulty  in  the past,  is currently
experiencing some difficulty, and expects  to continue to experience  difficulty
in  the future,  in obtaining a  sufficient supply  of many key  components on a
timely basis. For example, many of the integrated circuits used in the Company's
Zip and Jaz drives are currently available only from sole source suppliers.  The
Company  has at times  been unable to  obtain a sufficient  supply of certain of
these integrated circuits due  to industry-wide shortages, and  there can be  no
assurance  that the Company will be able  to obtain a sufficient supply to fully
satisfy the  Company's demands  for such  integrated circuits.  These  component
shortages  have limited the Company's ability  to produce sufficient Zip and Jaz
drives to meet market demand and have limited the Company's ability to implement
certain cost  reduction  and productivity  improvement  plans, and  the  Company
expects  that the  shortage of  components may limit  production of  Zip and Jaz
products for the  foreseeable future.  The Company  also experienced  difficulty
during  1995 in obtaining a sufficient supply of the servowriting equipment used
in the manufacture of  Zip disks. Such equipment  shortages in 1995 limited  the
Company's  production of Zip disks,  and there can be  no assurance that similar
equipment shortages will not occur in the future.
 
    The Company purchases  all of  its sole  and limited  source components  and
equipment  pursuant  to purchase  orders placed  from  time to  time and  has no
guaranteed   supply   arrangements.   The   inability   to   obtain   sufficient
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
components  and equipment, or to obtain or develop alternative sources of supply
at competitive  prices  and quality,  or  to avoid  manufacturing  delays  could
prevent  the Company  from producing  sufficient quantities  of its  products to
satisfy market  demand, result  in  delays in  product shipments,  increase  the
Company's material or manufacturing costs or cause an imbalance in the inventory
level  of  certain components.  Moreover,  difficulties in  obtaining sufficient
components may cause the Company to modify  the design of its products to use  a
more  readily available component,  and such design  modifications may result in
product performance problems. Any or all of these problems could in turn  result
in  the  loss of  customers, provide  an opportunity  for competing  products to
achieve market acceptance and otherwise adversely affect the Company's  business
and   financial  results.  See  "Risk   Factors--Absence  of  Supply  Contracts;
Dependence on Suppliers; Shortages of Critical
Components."
 
   
    The Company  had  a backlog  as  of March  31,  1996 of  approximately  $146
million,  compared to  a backlog  as of January  28, 1996  of approximately $157
million and a backlog at the end  of the first quarter of 1995 of  approximately
$23.5  million. Substantially all of  the March 31, 1996  backlog was related to
the Company's  Zip and  Jaz  products, for  which  the Company  has  experienced
component  shortages. The Company believes that  the decrease in backlog between
January 31, 1996 and March 31,  1996 is attributable to the Company's  increased
ability  to fulfill orders, due to increased manufacturing capabilities and less
severe supply constraints  over recent months.  Based in part  on the  Company's
current  estimates  regarding  the expected  availability  of  components (which
estimates are based on information provided to the Company by its suppliers, the
Company's current inventory of components,  sales recorded since March 31,  1996
and  the Company's experience  in its business)  and the Company's manufacturing
capabilities, the Company believes that  it will be able  to fill all orders  in
the  March 31, 1996 backlog  during the next six  months, unless such orders are
scheduled for delivery outside of this  six months period or first cancelled  or
rescheduled.  However,  there can  be no  assurance  that the  Company's current
estimates regarding the expected  availability of components  will in fact  turn
out to be correct. See "Risk Factors--Absence of Supply Contracts; Dependence on
Suppliers;   Shortages  of  Critical  Components."  In  addition,  the  purchase
agreements or purchase orders pursuant to which orders are made generally  allow
the  customer to cancel orders without  penalty, and the Company has experienced
some cancellations or reschedulings of orders in backlog. Moreover, it is common
in the industry during periods of  product shortages for customers to engage  in
practices such as double ordering in order to increase a customer's allowance of
available  product. Accordingly, the Company's backlog as of any particular date
should not be relied upon as an indication of the Company's actual sales for any
future period.
    
 
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
 
    An important  element of  the  Company's business  strategy is  the  ongoing
enhancement  of existing  products and the  development of  new products. During
1994 and 1995, the Company's product development efforts were primarily  devoted
to  the development of its Zip and Jaz products, which began commercial shipment
in March 1995 and December 1995,  respectively. During 1996 the Company  expects
that  its  development  efforts  will  be  primarily  focused  on  enhancing the
features, developing higher capacity versions and reducing the production  costs
of  its existing Zip, Jaz and Ditto  products. In particular, there are projects
underway to  develop  higher  capacity  removable-media  disk  drives  and  tape
products,   to   develop   different  system   interfaces   for   the  Company's
removable-media disk drive products,  such as an IDE  interface version of  Jaz,
and to develop smaller subsystem versions of the Company's products, including a
version of Zip which could be installed in laptop computers.
 
    During  1993, 1994 and 1995, the Company's research and development expenses
were $18,972,000, $15,438,000 and $19,576,000, respectively (or 12.9%, 10.9% and
6.0%, respectively, of sales). The decline in research and development  spending
from  1993  to 1994  was the  result  of the  Company's decision  to discontinue
certain research  and development  projects  relating to  floptical  technology,
digital  audiotape  technology,  and thin-film  head  development.  Research and
development spending in  1995 was primarily  related to efforts  focused on  the
Company's  Zip, Jaz  and Ditto product  lines. See  "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
    The  Company  operates  in  an  industry  that  is  subject  to  both  rapid
technological change and rapid change in consumer demands. For example, over the
last  10  years  the  typical  hard  disk  drive  included  in  a  new  personal
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
computer has increased in capacity from approximately 40 MBs to over 1 GB  while
the  price of  a hard disk  drive has  remained constant or  even decreased. The
Company's future  success will  depend in  significant part  on its  ability  to
continually  develop and introduce, in a timely manner, new removable-media disk
drives and tape products with improved features, and to develop and  manufacture
those new products within a cost structure that enables the Company to sell such
products  at lower prices than those of  comparable products today. There can be
no assurance that the  Company will be  successful in developing,  manufacturing
and marketing new and enhanced products that meet both the performance and price
demands of the data storage market.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The  Company believes  that its Zip  and Jaz products  compete most directly
with other removable-media data storage devices, such as magnetic cartridge disk
drives, optical disk drives  and "floptical" disk  drives. Current suppliers  of
removable-media  data storage  devices include Syquest  Technology (which offers
magnetic disk drives with removable cartridges based on hard drive  technology),
Panasonic  (which offers  the Power Drive,  a removable optical  drive) and Sony
(which offers the MD-DATA drive, a disk drive based on removable magneto-optical
technology). Although the Company believes that  its Zip and Jaz products  offer
price,  performance  or  usability  advantages  over  the  other removable-media
storage  devices  available  today,  the   Company  believes  that  the   price,
performance  and  usability  levels of  existing  removable-media  products will
improve and  that other  companies will  introduce new  removable-media  storage
devices.  Accordingly, the Company  believes its Zip and  Jaz products will face
increasingly intense  competition.  In  particular, a  consortium  comprised  of
Compaq  Computer, 3M  and MKE has  announced the Floptical  120, a high-capacity
floptical drive that is compatible with conventional floppy disks. In  addition,
both  Mitsumi  and Swan  Instruments  are expected  to  introduce high-capacity,
removable-media disk drives in  1996 that would also  directly compete with  Zip
and  Jaz. The  Company believes  that in  order to  compete successfully against
current and  future sources  of competition,  it will  be necessary  to  further
reduce  the manufacturing  costs of its  products, thus enabling  the Company to
sell its products at lower prices.
 
    As new and competing removable-media storage solutions are introduced, it is
possible that any such solution that  achieves a significant market presence  or
establishes a number of significant OEM relationships will emerge as an industry
standard  and achieve a dominant market position. If such is the case, there can
be no assurance  that the  Company's products would  achieve significant  market
acceptance,  particularly given the Company's size and market position vis-a-vis
other competitors.
 
    To the  extent that  Zip and  Jaz drives  are used  for incremental  primary
storage  capacity, they also  compete with conventional  hard disk drives, which
are  offered  by   companies  such  as   Seagate  Technology,  Western   Digital
Corporation,   Quantum  Corporation,  Conner  Peripherals  (which  was  recently
acquired by Seagate Technology), Micropolis Corporation and Maxtor  Corporation,
as  well  as integrated  computer  manufacturers such  as  Hewlett-Packard, IBM,
Fujitsu, Hitachi and Toshiba. In addition, the leading suppliers of conventional
hard disk  drives could  at  any time  determine  to enter  the  removable-media
storage market.
 
    The  Company believes that it is currently the only source of supply for the
disks used in its Zip and Jaz drives. However, this situation may change  either
as  a result of another party succeeding  in producing disks that are compatible
with Zip and Jaz drives without infringing the Company's proprietary rights,  or
as a result of licenses granted by the Company to other parties.
 
    The Company's tape drives compete in the market for backup data storage with
other  QIC and  DC2000-type products (which  includes QIC  and Irwin), including
parallel  port  interface   products.  DC2000-type   products  currently   offer
capacities  up to 4 GBs with compression. The Company's two major competitors in
the tape drive  market are  Conner Peripherals  and Colorado  Memory Systems,  a
division  of Hewlett-Packard. Tape drives may  in the future encounter increased
competition from other forms of removable-media storage devices. The tapes  used
in  the Company's  tape drives are  available from  a number of  sources and the
Company is not the primary source of supply for these tapes.
 
    In the OEM  market for both  its disk  drives and tape  drives, the  Company
competes  with the vendors mentioned above, as well as with the manufacturers of
personal  computers,  who  may  elect   to  manufacture  data  storage   devices
themselves.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
    The  Company intends to license its products or technology to other computer
manufacturers on a  royalty-bearing basis in  order to increase  market use  and
acceptance  of  its  products  and  help  promote  them  as  industry standards.
Accordingly, the Company expects to compete in the future with licensees of  the
Company's products.
 
    The  Company believes that most consumers distinguish among competitive data
storage products on the basis  of some or all  of the following criteria:  price
(cost  per unit and  cost per megabyte of  storage capacity), performance (speed
and capacity), functionality (reliability, product size and removability),  ease
of installation and use, and security of data. Price is a particularly important
factor with respect to the Company's mass-market products (the Zip drive and the
Ditto   420   and  Ditto   Easy   800  tape   drives).   Additional  competitive
considerations, particularly in the  OEM market, are the  size (form factor)  of
the  drive and the interface type with which the drive is compatible. Winchester
drives are available  in 5 1/4-inch,  3 1/2-inch, 2  1/2-inch and 1.8-inch  form
factors.  The  most  common form  factor  for  Winchester and  floppy  drives is
3 1/2-inches. The Company currently offers 3 1/2-inch Zip, Jaz and Ditto  drives
and  5 1/4-inch Bernoulli disk drives. The  most common system interface for the
OEM market is IDE. The Company currently  offers internal Zip drives in IDE  and
SCSI  interface models  and offers  Jaz drives  in a  SCSI interface  model. The
Company expects  an  internal IDE  version  of the  Jaz  drive to  be  available
beginning in the second half of 1996.
 
    The  data storage  industry is highly  competitive, and  the Company expects
that competition will  substantially increase  in the future.  In addition,  the
data  storage industry is characterized  by rapid technological development. The
Company competes  with  a  number  of companies  that  have  greater  financial,
manufacturing  and marketing resources  than the Company.  The introduction by a
competitor of products with superior  performance or substantially lower  prices
would adversely affect the Company's business.
 
PROPRIETARY RIGHTS
 
    The  Company relies on  a combination of patent,  copyright and trade secret
laws to protect its technology. The Company has filed approximately 40 U.S.  and
foreign  patent  applications relating  to  its Zip  and  Jaz drives  and disks,
although there can  be no assurance  that such patents  will issue. The  Company
holds over 50 U.S. and foreign patents, two of which relate to its Zip products,
three of which relate to its Ditto products and the remainder of which relate to
its  Bernoulli products.  Although the  Company believes  that a  combination of
patent rights (pursuant to  the two issued Zip-related  patents and a number  of
pending  patent applications)  and copyright  protection should  prevent another
party from  manufacturing  and selling  disks  that work  effectively  with  the
Company's  Zip and Jaz drives  (except pursuant to a  license from the Company),
there can be no assurance  that the steps taken by  the Company to protect  such
technology will be successful. If another party were to succeed in producing and
selling  Zip- or Jaz-compatible disks, the  Company's sales (including the price
at which  the  Company sells  disks)  would be  materially  adversely  affected.
Moreover,  because the  Company's Zip  and Jaz  disks have  significantly higher
gross margins than the  Zip and Jaz  drives, the Company's  net income would  be
disproportionately  affected  by  any such  sales  shortfall. Due  to  the rapid
technological change  that characterizes  the  Company's industry,  the  Company
believes  that the success of its disk  drives will also depend on the technical
competence and  creative  skill  of  its personnel  in  addition  to  the  legal
protections afforded its existing drive technology.
 
    As  is typical in the  data storage industry, from  time to time the Company
has been, and may in the future  be, notified that it may be infringing  certain
patents  and other intellectual property rights of others. The Company, however,
is not  currently aware  of any  threatened or  pending legal  challenge to  the
technology  which is  incorporated in  its products which  it expects  to have a
material adverse effect on its business or financial results. The Company has in
the past been engaged in several patent infringement lawsuits, both as plaintiff
and defendant. There can be no assurance  that future claims will not result  in
litigation.  If infringement were established, the  Company could be required to
pay damages  or be  enjoined from  selling the  infringing product  or both.  In
addition, there can be no assurances that the Company will be able to obtain any
necessary  licenses  on  satisfactory terms.  See  "Risk  Factors--Dependence on
Proprietary Technology."
 
    Certain  technology  used  in  the  Company's  products  is  licensed  on  a
royalty-bearing basis from third parties, including the backup software included
with  the Company's  Ditto products  and certain  patent rights  relating to Zip
products. The Company  is in  the process  of negotiating  a definitive  license
agreement for the
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
Ditto  backup  software and,  although it  has entered  into a  letter agreement
regarding the  Zip  patent rights,  is  in the  process  of negotiating  a  more
detailed  license agreement  for the Zip  patent rights. The  failure to execute
definitive agreements or the termination of any such license arrangements  could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business and financial results.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    As  of March 31, 1996, the Company  employed 1,972 persons, including 160 in
research and development, 1,453  in manufacturing, 148  in sales, marketing  and
service,  128 in general  management and administration, and  83 in its European
operations.
 
    The Company's  business  growth  during  1995  has  resulted  in  additional
personnel  needs  and  an  increased  level  of  responsibility  for  management
personnel. The Company has  hired a large  number of new  employees in the  last
year  and anticipates hiring a  substantial number of new  employees in the near
future. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in hiring,
integrating or retaining such personnel.
 
PROPERTIES
 
    The Company currently  leases an aggregate  of approximately 373,000  square
feet of space in 10 buildings located in the Roy, Utah area, where its executive
offices,  manufacturing and  distribution facilities,  and primary  research and
development facilities are  located. The  leases for these  buildings expire  at
various  dates  from  1998  to  2000  and  require  an  aggregate  base  rent of
approximately  $2.3  million  for  1996.  The  Company  is  in  the  process  of
negotiating  leases for two  other buildings in the  Roy, Utah area, aggregating
approximately 115,000 square feet of space.  The rent for such additional  space
is anticipated to be approximately $600,000 a year.
 
    The  Company leases a  27,000 square foot facility  in San Diego, California
and a 51,000  square foot  facility in  Milpitas, California,  each for  certain
research and development activities. The Company has also rented a 20,000 square
foot  facility in  Freiburg, Germany  for use  as its  European headquarters. In
addition, the  Company leases  small sales  offices, typically  on a  short-term
basis,  at 11 locations  in the United  States and in  Canada, Austria, Belgium,
France, Ireland, Italy, Spain, the United Kingdom and Singapore.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    There are  no  legal proceedings,  other  than ordinary  routine  litigation
incidental  to its business, to which the Company or its subsidiaries is a party
or of which any of their property is the subject.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
    The executive officers and directors of the Company are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                        AGE     POSITION
- ---------------------------------------  ---------  -------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>        <C>
Kim B. Edwards (1)                          48      President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Leonard C. Purkis                           47      Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer
Srini Nageshwar                             54      Senior Vice President, Europe
Anton J. Radman, Jr.                        44      Senior Vice President, Strategic Business Development
Leon J. Staciokas                           68      Senior Vice President and Chief Internal Operating Officer
M. Wayne Stewart                            50      Senior Vice President, Operations
Edward D. Briscoe                           33      Vice President, Sales
Reed M. Brown                               42      Vice President, Manufacturing
Timothy L. Hill                             37      Vice President, Marketing
Willard C. Kennedy                          49      Vice President, Worldwide Logistics and Materials
Donald R. Sterling                          59      Vice President, Corporate Counsel and Secretary
Robert J. Simmons                           33      Treasurer
David J. Dunn (1)(2)                        65      Chairman of the Board of Directors
Willem H.J. Andersen (3)                    55      Director
Robert P. Berkowitz (4)                     60      Director
Anthony L. Craig (1)(3)                     50      Director
Michael J. Kucha (1)(2)(4)                  54      Director
John R. Myers (1)(3)                        59      Director
John E. Nolan (4)                           68      Director
The Honorable John E. Sheehan (3)           66      Director
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Member of the Executive Committee
 
(2) Member of the Nominating Committee
 
(3) Member of the Compensation Committee
 
(4) Member of the Audit Committee.
 
    Kim B. Edwards joined the Company  as President and Chief Executive  Officer
on  January 1, 1994. Mr. Edwards served as President and Chief Executive Officer
of Gates Energy Products Inc., a manufacturer of rechargeable batteries and  the
successor  of General  Electric Battery  Division, from  March 1993  to December
1993. From January 1987  until March 1993, Mr.  Edwards served in various  other
executive positions for Gates Energy Products Inc., including Vice President and
General  Manager of its  Consumer Business Unit and  Vice President of Marketing
and Sales.  Prior to  that Mr.  Edwards was  employed for  18 years  at  General
Electric Company in various marketing and sales positions.
 
    Leonard  C. Purkis joined the Company  as Senior Vice President, Finance and
Chief Financial Officer in  March 1995. Mr. Purkis  also served as Treasurer  of
the  Company  from  March 1995  until  January  1996. Mr.  Purkis  joined Iomega
following 12 years at General Electric Company, where his most recent assignment
was as Senior Vice President  of Finance at GE  Capital Fleet Services. He  also
held positions in the Financial Services, Lighting and Plastics businesses, with
assignments in Europe and the U.S.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
    Srini Nageshwar was promoted to Senior Vice President, Europe in April 1991.
Mr.  Nageshwar joined  the Company  in January  1991 as  Vice President, Europe.
Prior to joining  the Company, Mr.  Nageshwar was Executive  Vice President  for
Marketing,  Sales and  Operations of  OAZ Communications,  a network  fax server
company, from February 1990  to December 1990. Prior  to that, he was  President
and Chief Operating Officer of Cumulus Corp., a memory peripherals manufacturing
company,  from January 1989 to February 1990. Prior to that, Mr. Nageshwar spent
24 years in marketing and  general management positions with Hewlett-Packard,  a
computer company, most recently as Value-Added Business Manager.
 
    Anton  J. Radman,  Jr., has been  Senior Vice  President, Strategic Business
Development since April 1995.  Mr. Radman joined the  Company in April 1980  and
his  previous positions  with the Company  have included  Senior Vice President,
Sales and Marketing, Senior Vice President, Corporate Development, President  of
the  Bernoulli  Optical  Systems Co.  (BOSCO)  subsidiary of  the  Company, Vice
President, Research  and Development,  Vice President,  OEM Products  and  Sales
Manager, and Senior Vice President, Micro Bernoulli Division.
 
    Leon  J.  Staciokas  has  been  Senior  Vice  President  and  Chief Internal
Operating Officer since April 1993. Mr.  Staciokas joined the Company in  August
1987  as Senior Vice President, Operations.  He served as acting Chief Executive
Officer of the Company from October 1993 until January 1994. Mr. Staciokas plans
to retire during 1996, although he may continue with the Company for some period
of time in a consulting role.
 
    M. Wayne Stewart joined the Company as Senior Vice President, Operations  in
January  1996.  Prior  to  that,  Mr.  Stewart  was  Vice  President  of  Global
Manufacturing Concepts  and Engineering  Services  at Whirlpool  Corporation,  a
consumer  appliance company, from January 1995  to December 1995. From September
1970  to   December   1994,   Mr.  Stewart   was   Manufacturing   Manager   for
Hewlett-Packard.
 
    Edward  D. Briscoe  joined the Company  as Vice President,  Sales in January
1995. From May  1993 to  January 1995,  Mr. Briscoe  was Director  of Sales  and
Marketing  for Apple Computer's Personal Interactive Electronics Division. Prior
to that, Mr. Briscoe was Executive Assistant to the President of Apple USA. From
July 1987 to April 1992, he  held various sales management positions with  Apple
Computer,  Inc. Previously, Mr. Briscoe  was an Account Marketing Representative
for IBM, Inc. from June 1984 to July 1987.
 
    Reed M.  Brown  joined  the  Company as  Vice  President,  Manufacturing  in
February 1996. Prior to that, Mr. Brown was Director of Manufacturing at Quantum
Corporation,  a manufacturer  of hard  disk drives,  from March  1994 to January
1996. From January 1979 to February  1994, Mr. Brown was Production Manager  for
Hewlett-Packard.
 
    Timothy  L. Hill  joined the  Company as  Vice President,  Marketing in July
1994. Mr. Hill was Vice President,  Marketing of Falcon Microsystems, a  federal
reseller  and systems integrator, from August 1993  to July 1994. Prior to that,
Mr. Hill was Director of Marketing and Sales for the Consumer Business  Division
of  Gates Energy  Products from  January 1988 to  August 1993.  Prior to January
1988, Mr. Hill was Marketing Manager  for the Consumer Camera Products  Division
of Polaroid Corporation, a producer of photography equipment and supplies.
 
    Willard C. Kennedy joined the Company as Vice President, Worldwide Logistics
and  Materials in  November 1995.  From January  1994 to  November 1995,  he was
Senior Vice President  and General  Manager of  the Digital  Videocommunications
Systems  for Philips  Consumer Electronics.  He also  held positions  at Philips
Consumer Electronics as Vice President of Logistics from October 1992 to January
1994 and  Vice President  of Purchasing  from September  1990 to  October  1992.
Before  joining Philips, Mr.  Kennedy held a variety  of management positions in
manufacturing, purchasing and engineering over a period of 20 years with General
Electric Company.
 
    Donald R. Sterling  was promoted  to Vice President,  Corporate Counsel  and
Secretary  in April 1994. Prior to that, he was Vice President for Legal Affairs
and Secretary from August 1993 to March 1994. Mr. Sterling joined the Company in
September 1988.
 
    Robert J. Simmons has  been Treasurer since January  1996. He was  Assistant
Treasurer  of Oracle Corporation, a software  company, from June 1989 to January
1996.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
    David J. Dunn has been  Chairman of the Board  of Directors since 1980.  Mr.
Dunn  has  been Managing  General  Partner of  Idanta  Partners Ltd.,  a venture
capital firm, since 1971.
 
    Willem H.J. Andersen  has been  a director of  the Company  since 1994.  Mr.
Andersen has been a private consultant since February 1995. From June 1992 until
February  1995,  he was  Chief  Executive Officer  and  a director  of Comlinear
Corporation, a semi-conductor manufacturer. From November 1986 until June  1992,
he  was Chief Executive Officer of Laser Magnetic Storage International Company,
a designer  and manufacturer  of optical  and tape  mass-storage equipment.  Mr.
Andersen is a director of Analytical Survey, Inc.
 
    Robert  P. Berkowitz  has been  a director  of the  Company since  1983. Mr.
Berkowitz has been a private consultant since March 1992. From August 1991 until
March 1992,  he  was President  and  Chief Executive  Officer  of  CimTelligence
Systems,  a  developer  of  process  planning  software  for  the  manufacturing
industry. Previously, he had been a  private investor and a writer since  August
1988.
 
   
    Anthony  L. Craig has been  a director of the  Company since 1990. Mr. Craig
has been  President and  Chief  Executive Officer  of Global  Knowledge  Network
Incorporated,   a  worldwide   provider  of  learning   services  for  corporate
information systems and technology,  since February 1996.  From October 1993  to
January  1996,  he was  Vice President,  Worldwide  Sales Operations  of Digital
Equipment Corporation, a  computer manufacturer. He  was Senior Vice  President,
International of Oracle Corporation, a computer software company, from June 1992
until  June 1993. From  March 1992 until  June 1992, he  was a private investor.
Previously, from  June 1990  until February  1992, he  was President  and  Chief
Executive  Officer of C3 Inc., a  manufacturer of custom computing workstations.
He is a director of Bell Industries, Inc. and a director of Mitel Corporation.
    
 
    Michael J. Kucha has been  a director of the  Company since 1980. Mr.  Kucha
has  been President of  Melvin C. Dill  Co., Inc., a  manufacturer of industrial
labels, since October 1990. He was also President and CEO of ERISS  Corporation,
an  information services company, from January 1996 to May 1996. Mr. Kucha was a
private investor from May 1989 until October 1990. He served as Chief  Executive
Officer of the Company from January 1987 until May 1989.
 
    John  R. Myers has  been a director  of the Company  since April 1994. Since
July 1994, Mr. Myers has been Chairman of Garrett Aviation Services, a  provider
of  modification and upgrade services for  corporate jet aircraft. From December
1993 to July 1994,  he was a  private consultant. From  June 1992 until  October
1993,  he was  an executive  officer of  Thiokol Corporation,  a manufacturer of
rocket motors  and  specialty  fastener  devices,  initially  serving  as  Chief
Operating Officer and later as Chief Executive Officer. From 1980 until 1992, he
was  President of Textron Lycoming, a producer of piston and turbine engines. He
is a director of Curtiss-Wright Corporation.
 
    John E. Nolan has been a director  since 1993. Mr. Nolan has been a  Partner
at  the law firm  of Steptoe &  Johnson since 1963.  He is a  director of Hooper
Holmes, Inc.
 
    The Honorable John E. Sheehan has been a director of the Company since 1990.
Mr. Sheehan,  an  entrepreneur since  1976,  is  a director  and  the  principal
stockholder  of several of the privately  owned enterprises which he founded. He
is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Rhome Management Co., which  provides
oversight  to his various corporate interests. He  is also a member of the Board
of Trustees for the Harvard Business  School Alumni Association and Chairman  of
the  Board of Trustees of the U.S. Naval Academy Alumni Association. Mr. Sheehan
is a former member, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
    The following  table sets  forth  certain information  with respect  to  the
beneficial  ownership of the Company's Common Stock  as of April 30, 1996 by (i)
each person or entity known to the Company to beneficially own 5% or more of the
outstanding shares of  Common Stock, (ii)  each of the  Company's directors  and
(iii) all directors and executive officers as a group.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 NUMBER OF SHARES     PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                   BENEFICIALLY        OUTSTANDING
                                                                                    OWNED (1)          SHARES (2)
                                                                               --------------------  ---------------
<S>                                                                            <C>                   <C>
Idanta Partners Ltd. (3).....................................................        15,979,356             13.4%
  4660 La Jolla Village Drive
  Suite 775
  San Diego, CA 92122
Willem H.J. Andersen (4).....................................................            85,582             *
Robert P. Berkowitz..........................................................                 0            --
Anthony L. Craig.............................................................            67,500             *
David J. Dunn (5)............................................................        16,662,828             13.9
Kim B. Edwards (6)...........................................................         1,471,050              1.2
Michael J. Kucha (7).........................................................            75,516             *
John R. Myers (8)............................................................            81,000             *
John E. Nolan (9)............................................................           172,500             *
The Honorable John E. Sheehan (10)...........................................           612,000             *
All current directors and executive officers as a group
  (20 persons) (11)..........................................................        22,947,158             18.6
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
  * Less than 1%.
 
 (1)  The inclusion herein of  any shares of Common  Stock as beneficially owned
    does not constitute an  admission of beneficial  ownership of those  shares.
    Unless otherwise indicated, each person listed above has sole investment and
    voting power with respect to the shares listed. In accordance with the rules
    of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), each person is deemed
    to  beneficially  own (i)  any shares  issuable upon  the exercise  of stock
    options held by such  person that are currently  exercisable or that  become
    exercisable  within 60 days after April 30, 1996 (and any reference in these
    footnotes to shares subject to stock options held by the person in  question
    refers  only to such shares) and (ii) any shares issuable upon conversion of
    Convertible Notes held by such person.
 
 (2) Number  of shares  deemed  outstanding for  purposes of  calculating  these
    percentages  is comprised of the 119,541,442  shares outstanding as of April
    30, 1996, plus any  shares subject to  stock options held  by the person  in
    question  and any shares issuable upon  conversion of Convertible Notes held
    by the person in question.
 
 (3) David J. Dunn, a director of the Company, Dev Purkayastha and Perse  Failey
    are  the  general partners  of  Idanta Partners  Ltd.  and share  voting and
    dispositive power with respect to such shares.
 
 (4) Includes 75,000 shares subject to a  stock option held by Mr. Andersen  and
    5,062  shares  issuable upon  conversion of  Convertible  Notes held  by Mr.
    Andersen.
 
 (5) Includes 15,979,356 shares held by Idanta Partners Ltd., of which Mr.  Dunn
    is  Managing General Partner, and 683,526 shares  held by a family trust, of
    which Mr. Dunn is trustee.
 
 (6) Includes 993,750 shares subject to stock options held by Mr. Edwards.  Also
    includes  6,000 shares  held by  Mr. Edwards' wife,  as to  which shares Mr.
    Edwards disclaims beneficial ownership.
 
 (7) Includes 15,000 shares held by Mr. Kucha as custodian for his children,  as
    to  which shares Mr. Kucha disclaims beneficial ownership. Also includes 516
    shares held as co-trustee with  his wife, as to  which shares Mr. Kucha  has
    shared  voting  and investment  power, and  60,000  shares subject  to stock
    options held by Mr. Kucha.
 
 (8) Includes 75,000 shares subject to a stock option held by Mr. Myers.
 
 (9) Includes 112,500 shares subject to a stock option held by Mr. Nolan.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
(10) Includes 187,500 shares subject to a stock option held by Mr. Sheehan. Also
    includes 132,000 shares held by Mr.  Sheehan's wife, as to which shares  Mr.
    Sheehan disclaims beneficial ownership.
 
(11)  Includes 15,979,356  shares of Common  Stock held by  Idanta Partners Ltd.
    Also includes an aggregate of 3,822,930 shares subject to stock options  and
    5,062 shares issuable upon conversion of Convertible Notes.
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
    The  authorized capital stock of the  Company consists of 150,000,000 shares
of Common Stock, $.03 1/3 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred
Stock, $.01 par value per  share. As of April  30, 1996, there were  outstanding
119,541,442  shares of Common Stock held by 3,344 stockholders of record. Of the
5,000,000 authorized  shares  of  Preferred  Stock,  250,000  shares  have  been
designated  as Series C Junior Participating  Preferred Stock (none of which are
outstanding), and 4,750,000 shares remain available for designation by the Board
of Directors in the future.
 
    The following summary of certain  provisions of the Company's Common  Stock,
Preferred  Stock, Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws is not intended to be
complete and is qualified by reference  to the provisions of applicable law  and
to  the Company's Certificate of Incorporation  and By-laws included as exhibits
to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. See "Available
Information."
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on  all
matters  submitted to a vote  of stockholders and do  not have cumulative voting
rights. Accordingly, holders of a majority  of the outstanding shares of  Common
Stock  entitled  to vote  in  any election  of directors  may  elect all  of the
directors standing for election. Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive
ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared by the Board of Directors out
of funds legally available therefor, subject to any preferential dividend rights
of the  holders  of  any  outstanding Preferred  Stock.  Upon  the  liquidation,
dissolution  or winding-up of the Company,  holders of Common Stock are entitled
to receive ratably  the net  assets of  the Company  available for  distribution
after  the payment of all debts and other liabilities of the Company and subject
to the prior rights of the  holders of any outstanding Preferred Stock.  Holders
of  Common  Stock have  no  preemptive, subscription,  redemption  or conversion
rights. The  outstanding shares  of Common  Stock are,  and the  shares  offered
hereby  will be,  when issued  and paid for,  fully paid  and nonassessable. The
rights, preferences and privileges  of holders of Common  Stock are subject  to,
and  may  be adversely  affected  by, the  rights of  holders  of any  shares of
Preferred Stock that the Company may issue in the future.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to any limitations  prescribed
by  law, without further stockholder approval, to  issue from time to time up to
4,750,000 shares of Preferred Stock, in one or more series. Each such series  of
Preferred  Stock shall  have such  number of  shares, designations, preferences,
voting powers, qualifications and  special or relative  rights or privileges  as
shall  be determined by the Board of Directors, which may include, among others,
dividend  rights,  voting  rights,  redemption  and  sinking  fund   provisions,
liquidation preferences, conversion rights and preemptive rights.
 
    The  stockholders  of  the  Company  have  granted  the  Board  of Directors
authority to  issue  the  Preferred  Stock  and  to  determine  its  rights  and
preferences  in order to eliminate delays  associated with a stockholder vote on
specific issuances. The rights of the holders of Common Stock will be subject to
the rights of holders of any Preferred Stock issued in the future. The  issuance
of  Preferred Stock,  while providing  desirable flexibility  in connection with
possible acquisitions and  other corporate  purposes, could have  the effect  of
making  it more  difficult for a  third party  to acquire, or  of discouraging a
third party from  attempting to acquire,  a majority of  the outstanding  voting
stock  of the Company. The  Company has no present plans  to issue any shares of
Preferred Stock.
 
RIGHTS PLAN
 
    In July 1989, the Company adopted  a Shareholder Rights Plan and declared  a
dividend  of four-thirtieths of  one preferred stock  purchase right (a "Right")
for   each    outstanding    share    of    Common    Stock.    Under    certain
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
conditions, each Right may be exercised to purchase one one-hundredth of a share
of  Series C Junior Participating Preferred  Stock ("Series C Preference Stock")
at an exercise price of $15. The Rights will be exercisable only if a person  or
group  has acquired beneficial ownership  of 20% or more  of the Common Stock of
the Company or announced a tender or exchange offer that would result in such  a
person  or group owning 30%  or more of the  Common Stock. The Company generally
will be entitled to redeem  the Rights at $.01 per  Right at any time until  the
tenth  day  following public  announcement that  a 20%  stock position  has been
acquired and in certain other circumstances.
 
    If any person  or group becomes  a beneficial owner  of 25% or  more of  the
Common  Stock (except pursuant to a tender or exchange offer for all shares at a
fair price as determined by the outside members of the Board of Directors) or if
a 20% stockholder consolidates or merges into or engages in certain self-dealing
transactions with the Company,  each Right not owned  by a 20% stockholder  will
enable  its holder to purchase such number of shares of Common Stock as is equal
to the exercise price of  the Right divided by one-half  of the market price  of
the Common Stock on the date of the occurrence of the event. In addition, if the
Company engages in a merger or other business combination with another person or
group  in which it is not the  surviving corporation or in connection with which
its Common Stock is changed or converted,  or if the Company sells or  transfers
50%  or more of its  assets or earning power to  another person, each Right that
has not  previously been  exercised will  entitle its  holder to  purchase  such
number  of  shares of  Common Stock  of such  other  person as  is equal  to the
exercise price of  the Right divided  by one-half  of the market  price of  such
Common Stock on the date of the occurrence of the event.
 
    Because   of  the  nature  of  the  Series  C  Preferred  Stock's  dividend,
liquidation and voting rights, the value of four three-thousandths of a share of
Series C Preferred Stock purchasable upon  exercise of the four-thirtieths of  a
Right associated with each share of Common Stock should approximate the value of
one share of Common Stock.
 
    The  Rights  have  certain  anti-takeover  effects.  The  Rights  may  cause
substantial dilution to a person or  group that attempts to acquire the  Company
on  terms not approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, except pursuant
to an offer conditioned  on a substantial number  of Rights being acquired.  The
Rights  should  not  interfere with  any  merger or  other  business combination
approved by the Board of Directors.
 
DELAWARE LAW AND CERTAIN CHARTER AND BY-LAW PROVISIONS
 
    The Company  is subject  to the  provisions of  Section 203  of the  General
Corporation  Law of Delaware. In general,  Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held
Delaware  corporation  from  engaging  in  a  "business  combination"  with   an
"interested  stockholder" for  a period  of three  years after  the date  of the
transaction in which  the person  became an interested  stockholder, unless  the
business   combination  is  approved   in  a  prescribed   manner.  A  "business
combination" includes mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in a
financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain  exceptions,
an  "interested  stockholder"  is a  person  who, together  with  affiliates and
associates,  owns,  or  within  three  years  did  own,  15%  or  more  of   the
corporation's voting stock.
 
    The  Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation and  By-Laws provide  that any
action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Company  may
be taken only at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders or by a
written  consent signed  by all  holders of  outstanding voting  stock, and that
special meetings of stockholders may be called only by the Board of Directors or
the President of the Company. These provisions could have the effect of delaying
until the next stockholders'  meeting stockholder actions  which are favored  by
the  holders of a majority of the  outstanding voting securities of the Company.
These provisions may  also discourage  another person  or entity  from making  a
tender  offer for the  Common Stock, because  such person or  entity, even if it
acquired a majority of the outstanding  voting securities of the Company,  would
be  able to  take action  as a  stockholder (such  as electing  new Directors or
approving a  merger) only  at a  duly called  stockholders meeting,  and not  by
written consent.
 
    The  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  contains  certain provisions
permitted under  the  General  Corporation  Law  of  Delaware  relating  to  the
liability  of  Directors. The  provisions  eliminate a  Director's  liability to
stockholders for monetary  damages for  a breach  of fiduciary  duty, except  in
certain  circumstances  involving  wrongful  acts,  such  as  the  breach  of  a
Director's duty  of  loyalty or  acts  or omissions  which  involve  intentional
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
misconduct  or  a  knowing  violation  of  law.  The  Company's  Certificate  of
Incorporation also contains provisions obligating  the Company to indemnify  its
Directors   and  officers  to  the  fullest  extent  permitted  by  the  General
Corporation Law of  Delaware. The  Company believes that  these provisions  will
assist the Company in attracting and retaining qualified individuals to serve as
Directors.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
    The  transfer agent  and registrar  for the  Common Stock  is American Stock
Transfer & Trust Company.
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Subject to  the terms  and  conditions of  the Underwriting  Agreement,  the
Underwriters  named below, through their  Representatives, Hambrecht & Quist LLC
and J.P. Morgan  Securities Inc.,  have severally  agreed to  purchase from  the
Company the following respective numbers of shares of Common Stock:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        NUMBER OF
NAME                                                                                                      SHARES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------
 
<S>                                                                                                     <C>
Hambrecht & Quist LLC.................................................................................
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc............................................................................
 
                                                                                                        ----------
    Total                                                                                                5,000,000
                                                                                                        ----------
                                                                                                        ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the Underwriters
are  subject  to  certain conditions  precedent,  including the  absence  of any
material adverse change  in the Company's  business and the  receipt of  certain
certificates,  opinions  and  letters  from the  Company,  its  counsel  and the
Company's independent auditors.  The nature of  the Underwriters' obligation  is
such  that they  are committed  to purchase all  shares of  Common Stock offered
hereby if any of such shares are purchased.
 
    The Underwriters propose to offer the shares of Common Stock directly to the
public at  the  public offering  price  set forth  on  the cover  page  of  this
Prospectus  and to certain dealers at such price less a concession not in excess
of $   per  share. The Underwriters may allow,  and such dealers may reallow,  a
concession  not in excess  of $  per  share to certain  other dealers. After the
offering contemplated hereby, the offering price and other selling terms may  be
changed by the Underwriters.
 
    The  Company has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable no later
than 30  days after  the date  of this  Prospectus, to  purchase up  to  750,000
additional  shares  of  Common Stock  at  the  public offering  price,  less the
underwriting discount, set forth  on the cover page  of this Prospectus. To  the
extent that the Underwriters exercise this option, each of the Underwriters will
have  a firm  commitment to purchase  approximately the  same percentage thereof
which the number of shares  of Common Stock to be  purchased by it shown in  the
above  table bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock offered hereby.
The Company will be obligated,  pursuant to the option,  to sell such shares  to
the  Underwriters to  the extent the  option is exercised.  The Underwriters may
exercise such option only to cover  over-allotments made in connection with  the
sale of shares of Common Stock offered hereby.
 
    The  offering of the shares is made for delivery when, as and if accepted by
the Underwriters and subject  to prior sale and  to withdrawal, cancellation  or
modification  of the offering without notice. The Underwriters reserve the right
to reject an order for the purchase of shares in whole or in part.
 
    The Company  has  agreed  to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against  certain
liabilities,  including liabilities  under the  Securities Act  of 1933,  and to
contribute to  payments the  Underwriters may  be required  to make  in  respect
thereof.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
   
    The  executive officers and  directors of the Company  have agreed that they
will not, without  the prior written  consent of Hambrecht  & Quist LLC,  offer,
sell,  or otherwise dispose of any shares  of Common Stock or options to acquire
shares of Common Stock owned by them during the 90-day period following the date
of this Prospectus. The Company has agreed  that it will not, without the  prior
written  consent of  Hambrecht &  Quist LLC,  offer, sell,  grant any  option to
purchase or otherwise dispose  of any shares of  Common Stock during the  90-day
period  following the date  of this Prospectus (except  pursuant to employee and
director stock plans or upon conversion of the Convertible Notes).
    
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The validity of  the shares of  Common Stock offered  hereby will be  passed
upon  for the Company by Hale and  Dorr, Boston, Massachusetts. Partners of Hale
and Dorr beneficially own 187,500 shares of Common Stock of the Company. Certain
legal matters will  be passed  upon for  the Underwriters  by Gunderson  Dettmer
Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP, Palo Alto, California.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The  consolidated financial statements and schedule included or incorporated
by reference in this Prospectus and elsewhere in the Registration Statement,  to
the  extent and for the periods indicated in their reports, have been audited by
Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, and are included herein  in
reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in giving said reports.
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
   
    The  Company is subject to the  informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act  of  1934, as  amended  (the  "Exchange Act"),  and  in  accordance
therewith  files reports, proxy  statements and other  information with the SEC.
Such documents can be  inspected and copied at  the public reference  facilities
maintained  by the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at
the following Regional Offices of the SEC: Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor,
New York,  New York  10048 and  500 West  Madison Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago,
Illinois  60661; and  copies of  such material  may be  obtained from  the SEC's
Public Reference Section at  450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington, D.C. 20549  at
prescribed rates. The SEC maintains a Web site
(http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and
other  information  regarding  registrants,  such  as  the  Company,  that  file
electronically with the SEC. The Common  Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq  National
Market. Reports and other information concerning the Company may be inspected at
the  office of The Nasdaq  Stock Market, Inc., 1735  K Street, N.W., Washington,
D.C. 20006.
    
 
    The Company has  filed with  the SEC a  Registration Statement  on Form  S-3
under  the  Securities Act  of 1933  with  respect to  the Common  Stock offered
hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the
Registration Statement  and  the exhibits  and  schedules thereto.  For  further
information  with  respect to  the Company  and its  Common Stock,  reference is
hereby made to such Registration  Statement, exhibits and schedules.  Statements
contained  in this Prospectus  as to the  contents of any  contract or any other
document are not necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is  hereby
made  to the copy of such  contract or document (if any)  filed as an exhibit to
the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all  respects
by  such reference.  The Registration Statement  and the  exhibits and schedules
thereto may be examined  without charge at the  Public Reference Section of  the
SEC  at  450 Fifth  Street,  N.W., Washington,  D.C.  20549 and  copies  of such
materials may be obtained from the SEC at prescribed rates.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
 
    The following documents filed by the  Company with the SEC are  incorporated
herein by reference:
 
    (1)  the Company's  Annual Report  on Form  10-K for  the fiscal  year ended
       December 31, 1995;
 
   
    (2) the Company's Quarterly Report on  Form 10-Q for the period ended  March
       31, 1996;
    
 
   
    (3) the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 1, 1996;
    
 
   
    (4) the Company's Form 10-C filed on February 6, 1996;
    
 
   
    (5) the Company's Form 10-C filed on May 22, 1996; and
    
 
   
    (6)  the Company's Registration Statement on Form 8-A registering the Common
       Stock under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, as amended.
    
 
    All documents filed by the Company with the SEC pursuant to Sections  13(a),
13(c),  14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act  subsequent to May 13, 1996 and prior to
the termination of the offering of  the Common Stock registered hereby shall  be
deemed  to be incorporated  by reference into  this Prospectus and  to be a part
hereof from the  date of  filing such documents.  Any statement  contained in  a
document  incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein shall be
deemed to  be modified  or superseded  for purposes  of this  Prospectus to  the
extent  that a  statement contained  herein or  in any  other subsequently filed
document which  also is  or is  deemed to  be incorporated  by reference  herein
modifies  or supersedes such statement. Any  statement so modified or superseded
shall not be deemed, except as so  modified or superseded, to constitute a  part
of this Prospectus.
 
    The  Company  will  provide  without  charge to  each  person  to  whom this
Prospectus is delivered, upon written or oral request of such person, a copy  of
any  or  all of  the  foregoing documents  incorporated  by reference  into this
Prospectus (without exhibits to such documents other than exhibits  specifically
incorporated  by reference into such documents). Requests for such copies should
be directed to the  Secretary of the  Company, 1821 West  Iomega Way, Roy,  Utah
84067 (telephone: (801) 778-1000).
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                     <C>
Report of Independent Public Accountants..............................................        F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and March 31, 1996.......        F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and
 1995 and the three months ended April 2, 1995 and March 31, 1996.....................        F-5
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 1993,
 1994 and 1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1996..............................        F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and
 1995 and the three months ended April 2, 1995 and March 31, 1996.....................        F-8
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements............................................        F-9
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To Iomega Corporation:
 
    We  have  audited the  accompanying  consolidated balance  sheets  of Iomega
Corporation (a Delaware corporation)  and subsidiaries as  of December 31,  1994
and  1995, and the related  consolidated statements of operations, stockholders'
equity and cash flows for each of  the three years in the period ended  December
31,  1995. These  financial statements are  the responsibility  of the Company's
management. Our  responsibility is  to  express an  opinion on  these  financial
statements based on our audits.
 
    We  conducted  our audits  in  accordance with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In  our  opinion, the  consolidated financial  statements referred  to above
present fairly,  in all  material  respects, the  financial position  of  Iomega
Corporation  and subsidiaries as of December 31,  1994 and 1995, and the results
of their operations  and their cash  flows for each  of the three  years in  the
period  ended December 31, 1995 in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
 
    As explained in Note 3  to the consolidated financial statements,  effective
January 1, 1993, the Company changed its method of accounting for income taxes.
 
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
Salt Lake City, Utah
January 26, 1996 (except with respect
to the matters discussed in Note 13,
as to which the date is April 23, 1996)
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                             ---------------------   MARCH 31,
                                                               1994        1995        1996
                                                             ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
 <S>                                                         <C>         <C>         <C>
 Current assets:
 
   Cash and cash equivalents...............................  $  16,861   $   1,023   $    701
 
   Temporary investments...................................      2,932          --         --
 
   Trade receivables, less allowance for doubtful accounts
    of $1,627, $1,861 and $4,051, respectively.............     18,892     105,955    144,746
 
   Inventories.............................................     17,318      98,703    105,631
 
   Deferred tax assets.....................................        477       2,778      9,929
 
   Other current assets....................................      4,077       3,673      8,537
                                                             ---------   ---------   ---------
       Total current assets................................     60,557     212,132    269,544
                                                             ---------   ---------   ---------
 
 Property and equipment, at cost:
   Machinery and equipment.................................     45,585      67,812     95,729
   Leasehold improvements..................................      6,034       6,475      7,625
   Furniture and fixtures..................................      4,737       4,805      5,364
   Equipment and construction in process...................      2,837      24,057     12,883
                                                             ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                                59,193     103,149    121,601
 
   Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization.........    (43,917)    (49,779)   (52,961)
                                                             ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                                15,276      53,370     68,640
                                                             ---------   ---------   ---------
 Deferred tax assets.......................................         --         520        248
                                                             ---------   ---------   ---------
 Other assets..............................................         --         205      2,934
                                                             ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                             $  75,833   $ 266,227   $341,366
                                                             ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                             ---------   ---------   ---------
</TABLE>
 
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
                            of these balance sheets.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                              --------------------   MARCH 31,
                                                                1994       1995        1996
                                                              --------   ---------   ---------
                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
 <S>                                                          <C>        <C>         <C>
 Current liabilities:
   Current portion of notes payable.........................  $     --   $  47,640   $ 30,051
   Accounts payable.........................................     7,228      94,782    116,643
   Bank overdraft...........................................        --      11,833      6,582
   Accrued payroll and bonus................................     3,047       6,777      3,559
   Deferred revenue.........................................     1,947       3,207      6,613
   Accrued vacation.........................................     1,954       2,939      3,060
   Accrued warranty.........................................     3,943       4,652      7,014
   Other accrued liabilities................................     7,620      21,756     27,922
   Income taxes payable.....................................        --       5,141     11,364
   Current portion of capitalized lease obligations.........        --         782      2,339
                                                              --------   ---------   ---------
       Total current liabilities............................    25,739     199,509    215,147
                                                              --------   ---------   ---------
 Capitalized lease obligations, net of current portion......        --       1,481      4,324
                                                              --------   ---------   ---------
 Notes payable, net of current portion......................        --       2,551      2,300
                                                              --------   ---------   ---------
 Commitments and contingencies (Note 4)
 Convertible subordinated notes, 6 3/4%, due 2001...........        --          --     46,000
                                                              --------   ---------   ---------
 Redeemable Series A Convertible Preferred Stock;
  outstanding 258,816 shares in 1994........................     1,031          --         --
                                                              --------   ---------   ---------
 Stockholders' equity:
   Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value; authorized 4,750,000
    shares..................................................        --          --         --
   Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock; authorized
    250,000 shares, none issued.............................        --          --         --
   Common Stock, $.03 1/3 par value; authorized 150,000,000
    shares; issued 111,118,494, 117,638,670 and 119,046,218
    shares, respectively....................................     3,704       3,921      3,968
   Notes receivable from stockholders.......................      (597)         --         --
   Additional paid-in capital...............................    45,171      49,512     51,175
   Deferred compensation....................................        --          --       (922)
   Retained earnings........................................       785       9,253     19,374
                                                              --------   ---------   ---------
       Total stockholders' equity...........................    49,063      62,686     73,595
                                                              --------   ---------   ---------
                                                              $ 75,833   $ 266,227   $341,366
                                                              --------   ---------   ---------
                                                              --------   ---------   ---------
</TABLE>
 
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
                            of these balance sheets.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,        ---------------------
                                                  ---------------------------------   APRIL 2,    MARCH 31,
                                                    1993        1994        1995        1995        1996
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
 <S>                                              <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
 Sales..........................................  $ 147,123   $ 141,380   $ 326,225   $  40,112   $ 221,988
 Cost of sales..................................     92,585      92,453     235,838      28,395     162,088
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
 Gross margin...................................     54,538      48,927      90,387      11,717      59,900
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
 Operating expenses:
   Selling, general and administrative..........     38,862      36,862      57,189       9,349      33,156
   Research and development.....................     18,972      15,438      19,576       4,126       6,991
   Restructuring costs (reversal)...............     14,131      (2,491)         --          --          --
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
       Total operating expenses.................     71,965      49,809      76,765      13,475      40,147
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
 Operating income (loss)........................    (17,427)       (882)     13,622      (1,758)     19,753
   Foreign currency gain (loss).................        328         353      (1,243)     (1,044)        (93)
   Interest income..............................        620         871         537         241          13
   Interest expense.............................        (70)        (15)     (1,652)         (6)     (2,257)
   Other income (expense).......................       (107)       (301)        375         789        (824)
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
 Income (loss) before income taxes and
  cumulative effect of accounting change........    (16,656)         26      11,639      (1,778)     16,592
 Benefit (provision) for income taxes...........       (206)     (1,908)     (3,136)        280      (6,471)
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
 Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of
  accounting change.............................    (16,862)     (1,882)      8,503      (1,498)     10,121
 Cumulative effect of accounting change.........      2,337          --          --          --          --
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
   Net income (loss)............................  $ (14,525)  $  (1,882)  $   8,503   $  (1,498)  $  10,121
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
 Net income (loss) per common share:
   Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of
    accounting change...........................  $   (0.15)  $   (0.02)  $    0.07   $   (0.01)  $    0.08
   Cumulative effect of accounting change.......       0.02          --          --          --          --
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
   Net income (loss)............................  $   (0.13)  $   (0.02)  $    0.07   $   (0.01)  $    0.08
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
 Weighted average common shares outstanding.....    108,636     110,838     120,360     112,602     128,838
</TABLE>
 
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
                              of these statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      NOTES
                                                  COMMON STOCK      RECEIVABLE    ADDITIONAL
                                               ------------------      FROM        PAID-IN       DEFERRED      RETAINED
                                                 SHARES    AMOUNT  STOCKHOLDERS    CAPITAL     COMPENSATION    EARNINGS
                                               ----------  ------  ------------   ----------   ------------   -----------
Balances at December 31, 1992................  107,265,312 $3,575     $   --       $55,959        $   --       $ 17,347
<S>                                            <C>         <C>     <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>
Sale of shares to employees at an average
 price of $0.35 per share pursuant to
 exercise of stock options...................   1,141,776     38          --           354            --             --
Sale of shares to officer at an average price
 of $0.34 per share for a note receivable....   1,764,000     59        (597)          538            --             --
Accretion of Series A Convertible Preferred
 Stock redemption premium....................          --     --          --           (51)           --             --
Dividends on Series A Convertible Preferred
 Stock.......................................          --     --          --            --            --            (78)
Tax benefit from early dispositions of
 employee stock..............................          --     --          --           214            --             --
Recognition of compensation from Employee
 Stock Purchase Plan.........................          --     --          --            84            --             --
Issuance of 69,306 treasury shares under
 Employee Stock Purchase Plan................          --     --          --           (30)           --             --
Net loss.....................................          --     --          --            --            --        (14,525)
                                               ----------  ------     ------      ----------      ------      -----------
Balances at December 31, 1993................  110,171,088 3,672        (597)       57,068            --          2,744
Sale of shares to employees at an average
 price of $0.28 per share pursuant to
 excercise of stock options..................     947,406     32          --           224            --             --
Purchase of 780,000 shares at an average cost
 of $0.39 per share..........................          --     --          --            --            --             --
Accretion of Series A Convertible Preferred
 Stock redemption premium....................          --     --          --           (55)           --             --
Dividends on Series A Convertible Preferred
 Stock.......................................          --     --          --            --            --            (77)
Tax benefit from early dispositions of
 employee stock..............................          --     --          --            28            --             --
Recognition of compensation from Employee
 Stock Purchase Plan.........................          --     --          --             8            --             --
Issuance of 30,342 treasury shares under
 Employee Stock Purchase Plan................          --     --          --           (17)           --             --
Five-for-four Common Stock split effected in
 the form of a 25% stock dividend............          --     --          --       (12,085)           --             --
Net loss.....................................          --     --          --            --            --         (1,882)
                                               ----------  ------     ------      ----------      ------      -----------
Balances at December 31, 1994................  111,118,494 $3,704     $ (597)      $45,171        $   --       $    785
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                               TREASURY
                                                 STOCK     TOTAL
                                               ---------  --------
Balances at December 31, 1992................  $ (11,857) $ 65,024
<S>                                            <C>        <C>
Sale of shares to employees at an average
 price of $0.35 per share pursuant to
 exercise of stock options...................         --       392
Sale of shares to officer at an average price
 of $0.34 per share for a note receivable....         --        --
Accretion of Series A Convertible Preferred
 Stock redemption premium....................         --       (51)
Dividends on Series A Convertible Preferred
 Stock.......................................         --       (78)
Tax benefit from early dispositions of
 employee stock..............................         --       214
Recognition of compensation from Employee
 Stock Purchase Plan.........................         --        84
Issuance of 69,306 treasury shares under
 Employee Stock Purchase Plan................         60        30
Net loss.....................................         --   (14,525)
                                               ---------  --------
Balances at December 31, 1993................    (11,797)   51,090
Sale of shares to employees at an average
 price of $0.28 per share pursuant to
 excercise of stock options..................         --       256
Purchase of 780,000 shares at an average cost
 of $0.39 per share..........................       (305)     (305)
Accretion of Series A Convertible Preferred
 Stock redemption premium....................         --       (55)
Dividends on Series A Convertible Preferred
 Stock.......................................         --       (77)
Tax benefit from early dispositions of
 employee stock..............................         --        28
Recognition of compensation from Employee
 Stock Purchase Plan.........................         --         8
Issuance of 30,342 treasury shares under
 Employee Stock Purchase Plan................         17        --
Five-for-four Common Stock split effected in
 the form of a 25% stock dividend............     12,085        --
Net loss.....................................         --    (1,882)
                                               ---------  --------
Balances at December 31, 1994................  $      --  $ 49,063
</TABLE>
    
 
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
                              of these statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      NOTES
                                                  COMMON STOCK      RECEIVABLE    ADDITIONAL
                                               ------------------      FROM        PAID-IN       DEFERRED      RETAINED
                                                 SHARES    AMOUNT  STOCKHOLDERS    CAPITAL     COMPENSATION    EARNINGS
                                               ----------  ------  ------------   ----------   ------------   -----------
Sale of shares to employees at an average
 price of $0.42 per share pursuant to
 excercise of stock options..................   4,859,502    162          --         1,864            --             --
<S>                                            <C>         <C>     <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>
Sale of shares to an officer at an average
 price of $0.29 per share for a note
 receivable..................................     993,750     33        (283)          250            --             --
Accretion of Series A Convertible Preferred
 Stock redemption premium....................          --     --          --           (14)           --             --
Dividends on Series A Convertible Preferred
 Stock.......................................          --     --          --            --            --            (35)
Tax benefit from early dispositions of
 employee stock..............................          --     --          --           860            --             --
Recognition of compensation from Employee
 Stock Purchase Plan.........................          --     --          --           185            --             --
Conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred
 Stock to Common Stock.......................     637,200     22          --         1,183            --             --
Issuance of Common Shares under Employee
 Stock Purchase Plan.........................      29,724     --          --            13            --             --
Collection of notes receivable from
 stockholders................................          --     --         880            --            --             --
Net income...................................          --     --          --            --            --          8,503
                                               ----------  ------     ------      ----------      ------      -----------
Balances at December 31, 1995................  117,638,670 3,921          --        49,512            --          9,253
 (unaudited)
Sale of shares to employees at an average
 price of $0.42 per share pursuant to
 exercise of stock options...................   1,407,548     47          --           548            --             --
Deferred compensation related to Executive
 Compensation Agreement......................          --     --          --         1,005        (1,005)            --
Amortization of deferred compensation........          --     --          --            --            83             --
Recognition of compensation from Employee
 Stock Purchase Plan.........................          --     --          --            24            --             --
Tax benefit from early dispositions of
 employee stock..............................          --     --          --            86            --             --
Net income...................................          --     --          --            --            --         10,121
                                               ----------  ------     ------      ----------      ------      -----------
Balances at March 31, 1996 (unaudited).......  119,046,218 $3,968     $   --       $51,175        $ (922)      $ 19,374
                                               ----------  ------     ------      ----------      ------      -----------
                                               ----------  ------     ------      ----------      ------      -----------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                               TREASURY
                                                 STOCK     TOTAL
                                               ---------  --------
Sale of shares to employees at an average
 price of $0.42 per share pursuant to
 excercise of stock options..................         --     2,026
<S>                                            <C>        <C>
Sale of shares to an officer at an average
 price of $0.29 per share for a note
 receivable..................................         --        --
Accretion of Series A Convertible Preferred
 Stock redemption premium....................         --       (14)
Dividends on Series A Convertible Preferred
 Stock.......................................         --       (35)
Tax benefit from early dispositions of
 employee stock..............................         --       860
Recognition of compensation from Employee
 Stock Purchase Plan.........................         --       185
Conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred
 Stock to Common Stock.......................         --     1,205
Issuance of Common Shares under Employee
 Stock Purchase Plan.........................         --        13
Collection of notes receivable from
 stockholders................................         --       880
Net income...................................         --     8,503
                                               ---------  --------
Balances at December 31, 1995................         --    62,686
 (unaudited)
Sale of shares to employees at an average
 price of $0.42 per share pursuant to
 exercise of stock options...................         --       595
Deferred compensation related to Executive
 Compensation Agreement......................         --        --
Amortization of deferred compensation........         --        83
Recognition of compensation from Employee
 Stock Purchase Plan.........................         --        24
Tax benefit from early dispositions of
 employee stock..............................         --        86
Net income...................................         --    10,121
                                               ---------  --------
Balances at March 31, 1996 (unaudited).......  $      --  $ 73,595
                                               ---------  --------
                                               ---------  --------
</TABLE>
 
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
                              of these statements.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,       ---------------------
                                                   --------------------------------   APRIL 2,    MARCH 31,
                                                     1993        1994       1995        1995        1996
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
 <S>                                               <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>
 Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents
 Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
     Net Income (Loss)...........................  $ (14,525)  $ (1,882)  $   8,503   $  (1,498)  $  10,121
     Non-Cash Revenue and Expense Adjustments:
         Depreciation and amortization expense...      8,472      6,853       8,943       1,843       4,179
         Cumulative effect of accounting
           change................................     (2,337)        --          --          --          --
         Deferred income tax provision
           (benefit).............................         --      4,508      (2,821)       (367)     (6,879)
         Change in restructuring reserves........      5,554      1,590          --          --          --
         Other...................................       (751)      (314)        926         432         107
     Changes in Assets and Liabilities:
         Trade receivables (net).................     (6,203)     2,793     (87,063)     (3,485)    (38,791)
         Inventories.............................      3,786     (3,747)    (81,385)     (2,796)     (6,928)
         Income taxes payable....................         --         --       6,823         (24)      6,223
         Other current assets....................       (694)    (1,135)     (1,278)     (1,316)     (4,864)
         Accounts payable and bank overdraft.....      1,696        161      87,554       5,744      16,610
         Accrued liabilities.....................      6,333     (3,516)     32,808         804       8,837
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   ---------
             Net cash provided from (used in)
               operating activities..............      1,331      5,311     (26,990)       (663)    (11,385)
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   ---------
 Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
     Purchase of property and equipment..........     (6,567)    (7,083)    (45,232)     (4,302)    (14,608)
     Purchase of temporary investments...........         --     (8,825)     (2,090)     (2,090)         --
     Sale of temporary investments...............         --      5,893       5,022         990          --
     Prepayment of royalties.....................     (1,000)        --          --          --          --
     Proceeds from sale of property held for
       resale....................................      4,461         --          --          --          --
     Proceeds from sale of research and
       development assets........................         --      2,792          --          --          --
     Net (increase) decrease in other assets.....        343        (10)       (205)         --         108
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   ---------
             Net cash used in investing
               activities........................     (2,763)    (7,233)    (42,505)     (5,402)    (14,500)
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   ---------
 Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
     Proceeds from sales of Common Stock.........        402        256       2,028         217         595
     Proceeds from issuance of notes payable.....         --         --     259,667          --     365,096
     Payments on notes payable and capitalized
       lease obligations.........................        (11)        --    (209,748)         --    (383,377)
     Tax benefit from early dispositions of
       employee stock............................        214         28         860          53          86
     Redemption of Preferred Stock...............         (2)        --         (30)         --          --
     Purchase of treasury stock..................         --       (305)         --          --          --
     Utilization of treasury stock for Stock
       Purchase Plan.............................         20         --          --          --          --
     Payment of dividends on Preferred Stock.....        (78)        --          --          --          --
     Proceeds from notes receivable from
       stockholders..............................         --         --         880         597          --
     Net proceeds from issuance of convertible
       notes.....................................         --         --          --          --      43,163
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   ---------
             Net cash provided from (used in)
               financing activities..............        545        (21)     53,657         867      25,563
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   ---------
 Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents.........       (887)    (1,943)    (15,838)     (5,198)       (322)
 Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of the
 Period..........................................     19,691     18,804      16,861      16,861       1,023
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   ---------
 Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of the
 Period..........................................  $  18,804   $ 16,861   $   1,023   $  11,663   $     701
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   ---------
 Supplemental Schedule of Non-Cash Investing and
     Financing Activities:
     Sale of Common Stock for a Note.............  $     597   $     --   $     283   $     283   $      --
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   ---------
     Conversion of Series A Preferred Stock to
       Common Stock..............................  $      --   $     --   $   1,205   $      --   $      --
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   ---------
     Machinery and equipment financed under
       capitalized lease obligations.............  $      --   $     --   $   2,535   $      --   $   4,841
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   ---------
</TABLE>
 
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
                              of these statements.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                (INCLUDING DATA APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
(1) SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    NATURE OF OPERATIONS
 
    The  Company  designs,  manufactures  and  markets  innovative  data storage
solutions, based  on removable-media  technology,  that help  personal  computer
users  "manage their stuff."  The Company's data  storage solutions include disk
drives marketed  under the  tradenames Zip  and  Jaz, a  family of  tape  drives
marketed  under the  tradename Ditto,  and a  line of  removable drives marketed
under the tradename Bernoulli. Retail outlets for the Company's products include
mail  order  catalogs,  computer  superstores,  office  supply  superstores  and
specialty  computer stores.  The Company sells  its products  to retail channels
directly as well as indirectly through distributors. The Company's products  are
sold  at the retail level by most  of the leading retailers of computer products
in the United States.  In addition to sales  through these retail channels,  the
Company  has  entered into  a  number of  strategic  marketing alliances  with a
variety of companies within the  computer industry. These alliances include  OEM
arrangements  providing for certain of the Company's products to be incorporated
in new computer systems at the time of purchase.
 
    The Company's business has grown significantly in the past year, with  sales
increasing  from $141.4 million in 1994 to $326.2 million in 1995 and from $40.1
million in the first quarter of 1995  to $222.0 million in the first quarter  of
1996.  This business  growth has resulted  in substantial  increases in accounts
receivable and inventories. Increases in  these working capital components  have
resulted  in  a  significant decline  in  the Company's  liquidity.  The Company
expects that proceeds from an anticipated stock offering, together with  current
sources  of financing available to  the Company, will be  sufficient to fund the
Company's operations into 1997. Thereafter, the Company anticipates that it  may
require additional funds to finance its operations.
 
    SOURCES OF SUPPLY
 
    Many  components  incorporated  in,  or  used  in  the  manufacture  of, the
Company's products are currently only available from sole source suppliers.  The
Company  purchases  all of  its sole  source and  limited source  components and
equipment pursuant  to purchase  orders placed  from  time to  time and  has  no
guaranteed  supply  arrangements. Supply  shortages resulting  from a  change in
suppliers could cause  a delay in  manufacturing and a  possible loss of  sales,
which would have an adverse effect on operating results.
 
    MANUFACTURING RELATIONSHIPS
 
    The  Company uses independent  parties to manufacture for  the Company, on a
contract basis, a substantial portion  of the Company's products. The  Company's
manufacturing  relationships are generally not  covered by binding contracts and
may  be  subject  to  unilateral  termination  by  the  Company's  manufacturing
partners.  Shortages  resulting from  a change  in manufacturing  partners could
cause a delay in manufacturing and a possible loss of sales, which would have an
adverse affect on operating results.
 
    PERVASIVENESS OF ESTIMATES
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions that  affect the  reported  amounts of  assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure  of contingent  assets and liabilities  at the date  of the financial
statements and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
 
    PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
    The  consolidated financial statements  include the accounts  of the Company
and its wholly owned subsidiaries after elimination of all material intercompany
accounts and transactions.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INCLUDING DATA APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
(1) SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    Revenue is recognized when units are shipped to customers. However,  revenue
recognition  is  deferred  on  shipments  to  customers  with  right  of  return
privileges whose inventory is in excess of estimated normal customers' inventory
requirements. The gross margin  associated with deferral of  sales in excess  of
estimated   normal   customers'  inventory   requirements   totaled  $1,494,000,
$1,947,000, $3,207,000  and $6,613,000  at December  31, 1993,  1994, 1995,  and
March  31,  1996,  respectively, and  is  included  in deferred  revenue  in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
 
    In addition,  the Company  records  reserves at  the  time of  shipment  for
estimated volume rebates and price protection credits to be issued to customers.
These  reserves  totalled $169,000,  $1,633,000 and  $3,487,000 at  December 31,
1994, 1995, and March  31, 1996, respectively, and  are netted against  accounts
receivable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
 
    PRICE PROTECTION
 
    The Company has agreements with certain of its customers which, in the event
of  a price  decrease, allow  those customers  (subject to  certain limitations)
credit equal to the difference between the price originally paid and the reduced
price on units in the customers' inventories at the date of the price  decrease.
When  a  price decrease  is anticipated,  the  Company establishes  reserves for
amounts estimated to be reimbursed to the qualifying customers.
 
    INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories  include  direct  materials,  direct  labor,  and  manufacturing
overhead  costs and are recorded  at the lower of  cost (first-in, first-out) or
market and consist of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ----------------
                                                               1994     1995
                                                              -------  -------   MARCH
                                                                                  31,
                                                                                 1996
                                                                                -------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
    <S>                                                       <C>      <C>      <C>
    Raw materials...........................................  $ 7,524  $89,030  $88,564
    Work in process.........................................    4,839    5,680   8,299
    Finished goods..........................................    4,955    3,993   8,768
                                                              -------  -------  -------
                                                              $17,318  $98,703  $105,631
                                                              -------  -------  -------
                                                              -------  -------  -------
</TABLE>
 
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    When property is  retired or otherwise  disposed of, the  book value of  the
property  is removed  from the  asset and  related accumulated  depreciation and
amortization accounts, and the net gain or loss is included in the determination
of net income. Depreciation is provided  based on the straight-line method  over
the following estimated useful lives of the property.
 
<TABLE>
    <S>                                                          <C>
    Machinery and equipment....................................  2 - 5 years
    Leasehold improvements.....................................      5 years
    Furniture and fixtures.....................................     10 years
</TABLE>
 
    The  Company  has certain  specialized manufacturing  equipment used  in its
operations.
 
    PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
 
    Product research and development costs are expensed as incurred.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INCLUDING DATA APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
(1) SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    ADVERTISING
 
    The Company expenses the cost of advertising the first time the  advertising
takes  place, except cooperative advertising with customers, which is accrued at
the time  of  sale. For  the  years ended  December  31, 1993,  1994  and  1995,
advertising   expenses   totaled   approximately   $5,574,000,   $6,348,000  and
$10,612,000, respectively.  For the  three month  period ended  March 31,  1996,
advertising expenses totaled approximately $10,539,000.
 
    BANK OVERDRAFT
 
    The  bank overdraft  represents those  checks which  have been  disbursed to
vendors but have not been presented to the bank for clearance. Upon  presentment
to  the bank, the bank overdraft will be funded by the revolving line of credit,
thereby reducing the availability under the line. (See Note 5.)
 
    WARRANTY COSTS
 
    A one-year limited warranty is generally  provided on the Company's Zip  and
Jaz  drives.  Zip and  Jaz disks  carry a  limited lifetime  warranty. A  two to
five-year limited warranty is  generally provided on  Bernoulli disk drives  and
disk drive subsystems. A two to five-year limited warranty is generally provided
on the tape drives and tape media.
 
    NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE
 
    Net  income (loss) per common share is  based on the weighted average number
of  shares  of  Common  Stock  and  dilutive  common  stock  equivalent   shares
outstanding during the year. Common stock equivalent shares consist primarily of
stock  options  that have  a dilutive  effect when  applying the  treasury stock
method. In periods  where losses  are recorded, common  stock equivalents  would
decrease  the loss  per share  and are therefore  not added  to weighted average
shares outstanding.  The outstanding  shares and  earnings per  share have  been
restated  for all periods  presented to reflect  the impact of  the stock splits
described in Notes 2 and 13.
 
    FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
 
    For purposes of consolidating foreign operations, the Company has determined
the  functional  currency  for  its  foreign  operations  is  the  U.S.  dollar.
Therefore,  translation gains  and losses are  included in  the determination of
income.
 
    INCOME TAXES
 
    The  Company  recognizes  a  liability   or  asset  for  the  deferred   tax
consequences  of  temporary  differences  between the  tax  bases  of  assets or
liabilities and  their  reported  amounts in  the  financial  statements.  These
temporary  differences will  result in taxable  or deductible  amounts in future
years when the reported  amounts of the assets  or liabilities are recovered  or
settled.
 
    General business tax credits are accounted for using the "liability" method,
which  reduces Federal income tax expense in the year in which these credits are
generated.
 
    CASH EQUIVALENTS AND TEMPORARY INVESTMENTS
 
    For purposes of  the statements  of cash  flows, the  Company considers  all
highly  liquid  debt instruments  purchased with  maturities  of three  or fewer
months to be cash  equivalents. Instruments with maturities  in excess of  three
months  are  classified  as temporary  investments.  At December  31,  1994, all
temporary investments had maturities of  less than six months. Cash  equivalents
and   temporary  investments  primarily  consist  of  certificates  of  deposit,
investments  in  money  market  mutual  funds,  commercial  paper  and  bankers'
acceptances and are recorded at cost which approximates market.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INCLUDING DATA APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
(1) SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    The fair value of the convertible subordinated notes was approximately $63.8
million  at March 31,  1996. The book  value of all  other financial instruments
approximates fair value. The  estimated fair values  have been determined  using
appropriate market information and valuation methodologies.
 
    UNAUDITED INFORMATION
 
    The accompanying financial data as of March 31, 1996 and for the three month
periods  ended  April 2,  1995  and March  31, 1996  is  unaudited and  has been
prepared on substantially the same basis as the annual financial statements.  In
the  opinion of management,  the unaudited information  contains all adjustments
(consisting only of normal recurring  accruals) necessary to present fairly  the
financial  position  and results  of operations  as  of such  date and  for such
periods.
 
    RECLASSIFICATIONS
 
    Certain reclassifications  have been  made  in prior  periods'  consolidated
financial statements to conform to the current presentation.
 
(2) STOCK SPLITS
    On  October 27,  1994, the Company's  Board of Directors  declared a 5-for-4
stock split which was effected in the  form of a 25% Common Stock dividend  paid
on  November 23,  1994 to  stockholders of  record at  the close  of business on
November 9, 1994. The  Company paid cash in  lieu of issuing fractional  shares.
The transaction has been accounted for as a stock split. Of the shares of Common
Stock  distributed by  the Company  in connection  with the  November 1994 stock
split, approximately  18,102,000 were  treasury shares  and the  remainder  were
authorized  but unissued shares. The cost  of the treasury shares and authorized
but unissued shares were recorded as a reduction in additional paid-in  capital.
All  earnings per share and outstanding  shares have been retroactively restated
in the financial statements for all periods presented.
 
    In December 1995,  the Board of  Directors approved a  3-for-1 Common  Stock
split,  which was effected in  the form of a 200%  Common Stock dividend paid on
January 31, 1996 to stockholders of record  at the close of business on  January
15,  1996. This stock split has been retroactively reflected in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements.
 
    In connection with each stock  split, proportional adjustments were made  to
outstanding  stock options and  other outstanding obligations  of the Company to
issue shares of Common Stock.
 
(3) INCOME TAXES
    Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change
consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    December 31,                                1993        1994       1995
                                              ---------   --------   --------
                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
    <S>                                       <C>         <C>        <C>
    U.S.....................................  $  (7,338)  $    208   $ 10,761
    Non-U.S.................................     (9,318)      (182)       878
                                              ---------   --------   --------
                                              $ (16,656)  $     26   $ 11,639
                                              ---------   --------   --------
                                              ---------   --------   --------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INCLUDING DATA APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
(3) INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    The income tax provision consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    December 31,                                1993        1994       1995
                                              ---------   --------   --------
                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
    <S>                                       <C>         <C>        <C>
    Current Income Taxes:
      Federal...............................  $    (164)  $  1,217   $ (4,158)
      State.................................        (22)       208       (805)
      Foreign...............................         --         --       (156)
                                              ---------   --------   --------
                                                   (186)     1,425     (5,119)
                                              ---------   --------   --------
    Deferred Income Taxes:
      Federal...............................      5,989         (6)       189
      State.................................      1,497         --         47
      Change in Valuation Allowance.........     (7,506)    (3,327)     1,747
                                              ---------   --------   --------
                                                    (20)    (3,333)     1,983
                                              ---------   --------   --------
    Provision for Income Taxes..............  $    (206)  $ (1,908)  $ (3,136)
                                              ---------   --------   --------
                                              ---------   --------   --------
</TABLE>
 
    Effective January  1,  1993,  the Company  adopted  Statement  of  Financial
Accounting  Standards No. 109, "Accounting for  Income Taxes" (SFAS No. 109). In
accordance with  the provisions  of SFAS  No. 109,  the Company  recognized  the
cumulative  effect  of  this  accounting change  totaling  $2.3  million  in the
consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 1993.
 
    Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the  differences
between  the financial reporting  and tax bases of  assets and liabilities. They
are measured by applying the enacted tax rates and laws in effect for the  years
in which such differences are expected to reverse. The significant components of
the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  1994           1995
                                                              ------------   ------------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Accounts receivable reserves..............................    $    482       $  1,158
  Inventory reserves........................................         940          2,378
  Fixed asset reserves......................................          36             64
  Accrued expense reserves..................................       4,596          7,188
  Unrealized foreign currency loss..........................          --            438
  Inventory unicap adjustment...............................         160            375
  Foreign net operating loss carryover......................       1,493          1,921
  Tax credit carryover......................................       5,365          1,273
  Intercompany profit in inventory..........................          86             84
  Other.....................................................          45             30
                                                              ------------   ------------
Total deferred tax assets...................................      13,203         14,909
Valuation allowance.........................................     (12,585)       (11,341)
                                                              ------------   ------------
Deferred tax asset net of valuation allowance...............         618          3,568
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Accelerated depreciation..................................        (141)          (270)
                                                              ------------   ------------
Net deferred tax assets.....................................    $    477       $  3,298
                                                              ------------   ------------
                                                              ------------   ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INCLUDING DATA APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
(3) INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    Management  believes  that,  based on  a  number of  factors,  the available
objective evidence creates sufficient uncertainty regarding the realizability of
the deferred tax asset such that  a valuation allowance has been recorded.  Such
factors  include  lack of  cumulative operating  profits  in the  previous three
years, recent increases in expense levels  to support the Company's growth,  and
the  fact that the market in which the Company competes is intensely competitive
and characterized by rapidly changing technology. Accordingly, the deferred  tax
assets  have been reduced by a $11.3 million valuation allowance at December 31,
1995. This allowance  has been established  for the foreign  net operating  loss
carryforward  and temporary  differences which are  not expected  to be realized
through an income tax loss carryback to  a prior period. At March 31, 1996,  the
valuation  allowance  was  reduced  to $6.2  million  which  represents  the net
operating loss carryforward and temporary differences which are not expected  to
be realized through an income tax loss carryback to a prior period.
 
    Although  the realization  of the net  deferred tax assets  are not assured,
management believes that it is more likely than not that all of the net deferred
tax assets  will  be  realized.  The  amount of  the  net  deferred  tax  assets
considered  realizable,  however, could  be reduced  in the  near term  based on
changing conditions.
 
    The differences between the provision for income taxes at the U.S. statutory
rate and the effective rate, are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    December 31,                                  1993       1994       1995
                                                --------   --------   --------
    <S>                                         <C>        <C>        <C>
    Benefit (provision) at U.S. statutory
     rate.....................................  $  5,663   $     (9)  $ (3,957)
    Utilization of tax credits................       947          4         --
    Change in transfer price..................        --      1,400         --
    Non-deductible items......................        21         --        (95)
    State income taxes........................       669        (22)      (596)
    (Increase) decrease in deferred asset
     valuation allowance......................    (7,506)    (3,327)     1,747
    Foreign income taxes......................        --         --       (156)
    Other.....................................        --         46        (79)
                                                --------   --------   --------
    Provision for income taxes................  $   (206)  $ (1,908)  $ (3,136)
                                                --------   --------   --------
                                                --------   --------   --------
</TABLE>
 
    Cash paid for income taxes was $1,322,000 in 1993, $94,000 in 1994,  $71,000
in  1995 and  $4,772,000 for the  three month  period ended March  31, 1996. The
Company received cash refunds of $2,247,000 in 1994 and $1,592,000 in 1995.
 
    Income tax  expense for  the three  months  ended March  31, 1996  has  been
provided  at an effective rate  of 39% compared to an  effective rate of 27% for
1995. This tax  rate is based  on the Company's  projected domestic and  foreign
pre-tax  income for 1996. The  increase in the effective tax  rate is due to the
Company's full utilization of  available tax credits  and foreign net  operating
loss  carryforwards  in  1996, and  because  pre-tax income  of  certain foreign
operations is subject to foreign  income taxes at a rate  in excess of the  U.S.
statutory  rate. The higher tax on foreign  operations is expected to offset the
benefits of the tax credits and net operating loss carryforwards.
 
    For income tax purposes, the Company had approximately $5,056,000 in foreign
net operating loss carryforwards and  $1,273,000 of tax credit carryforwards  at
December 31, 1995. The tax credit carryforwards will begin expiring in 2008.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INCLUDING DATA APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
(4) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
    LITIGATION
 
    The  Company is involved in lawsuits  and claims generally incidental to its
business. It is the opinion of management, after discussions with legal counsel,
that the ultimate  dispositions of  these lawsuits and  claims will  not have  a
material adverse effect on the Company's financial statements.
 
    LEASE COMMITMENTS
 
    The  Company  conducts  its  operations from  leased  facilities  and leases
certain equipment  used in  its operations.  Aggregate lease  commitments  under
non-cancelable  operating leases in  effect at December 31,  1995 are as follows
(in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     LEASE
    YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,                                     COMMITMENTS
    ------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
    <S>                                                           <C>
    1996........................................................    $ 3,063
    1997........................................................      2,456
    1998........................................................      2,108
    1999........................................................      1,683
    2000........................................................      1,289
    Thereafter..................................................         97
                                                                  -----------
                                                                    $10,696
                                                                  -----------
                                                                  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995  and
for  the three-month period  ended March 31,  1996 was approximately $2,336,000,
$1,989,000, $1,981,000 and $775,000, respectively.
 
    The following is a schedule of  future minimum lease payments under  capital
leases together with the present value of net minimum lease payments at December
31, 1995 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              FUTURE MINIMUM
    YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,                                 LEASE PAYMENTS
    --------------------------------------------------------  --------------
    <S>                                                       <C>
    1996....................................................      $  973
    1997....................................................         973
    1998....................................................         640
                                                                  ------
    Total net minimum lease payments........................       2,586
    Less amount representing interest.......................        (323)
                                                                  ------
    Present value of net minimum lease payments.............       2,263
    Less: current portion...................................        (782)
                                                                  ------
                                                                  $1,481
                                                                  ------
                                                                  ------
</TABLE>
 
    BONUS PLAN
 
    The  Company has adopted  a bonus plan  that provides for  bonus payments to
officers and key employees. The payment of the 1995 bonuses was contingent  upon
the  Company and  the employees  achieving certain  objectives. At  December 31,
1995, the Company has accrued $3,000,000 for management bonuses, which were paid
in March 1996. At  December 31, 1994, approximately  $1,400,000 was accrued  for
management  bonuses, the  majority of  which was paid  in February  and March of
1995.
 
    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION AGREEMENT
 
    In 1995, the Company  adopted a bonus plan  for the Chief Executive  Officer
that  provides for  bonus payments of  cash and  up to 120,000  shares of stock,
subject to a three year vesting, contingent upon the
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INCLUDING DATA APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
(4) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
achievement of certain  objectives. At December  31, 1995, the  cash payment  is
fully accrued. In January 1996, the Compensation Committee approved the issuance
of  the full 120,000 shares of stock. The  shares will be issued at a cost equal
to par value. Deferred compensation related  to these shares has been  reflected
in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
    PROFIT SHARING PLAN
 
    In  1991,  the  Company adopted  a  profit  sharing plan  that  provided for
payments to all eligible employees of their share of a pool that equaled 6.0% of
the Company's annual income before income  taxes. In 1994, the plan was  amended
to  5.0%  of the  Company's annual  income before  income taxes.  Employees must
complete one year of continuous employment  to be eligible. Employees receive  a
share  of the profit sharing  pool based upon their annual  salary as a ratio to
total  annual  salaries   of  all  eligible   employees.  The  Company   accrued
approximately $600,000 for the 1995 profit sharing plan, which was paid in March
1996. There were no profit sharing payments for fiscal 1993 and 1994.
 
    FOREIGN EXCHANGE CONTRACTS
 
    The  Company has commitments to sell  foreign currencies relating to forward
exchange contracts in order  to hedge against  future currency fluctuations.  In
addition,  the Company purchases components denominated in Yen and has purchased
forward contracts to buy Yen.
 
    The outstanding forward exchange sale  and (purchase) contracts at  December
31,  1995  and March  31, 1996  are as  follows. The  contracts mature  in April
through June 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       AMOUNT                                CONTRACTED FORWARD RATE
                          ---------------------------------              --------------------------------
                           DECEMBER 31,                                   DECEMBER 31,
                               1995                           CURRENCY        1995
                          ---------------   MARCH 31, 1996    --------   ---------------  MARCH 31, 1996
                                            ---------------                               ---------------
                                              (UNAUDITED)                                   (UNAUDITED)
    <S>                   <C>               <C>               <C>        <C>              <C>
    German Deutsche
     Mark...............        --               (6,300,000)  DM               --                  1.4688
    Great Britain Pound         --                4,900,000   GBP              --                  1.5255
    French Franc........       1,939,000         15,500,000   FRF                 5.169             5.017
    Spanish Peseta......      64,524,000        337,000,000   ESP                134.45            124.98
    Italian Lira........     363,000,000      5,700,000,000   ITL                1692.0            1584.8
    Japanese Yen........  (1,109,678,923)    (1,298,372,000)  YEN        100.60 - 101.00  102.45 - 106.68
</TABLE>
 
    Gains and losses on foreign currency contracts intended to be used to  hedge
operating  requirements are  reported currently in  income. Gains  and losses on
foreign currency contracts intended  to meet firm  commitments are deferred  and
are  recognized as part of the cost  of the underlying transaction being hedged.
At December 31, 1994 and 1995 and  March 31, 1996, all of the Company's  foreign
currency contracts are being used to hedge operating requirements. The Company's
theoretical  risk in  these transactions  is the  cost of  replacing, at current
market rates, these contracts in the event of default by the counterparty.
 
(5) NOTES PAYABLE
 
    LINE OF CREDIT
 
    On July  5,  1995,  the Company  entered  into  a loan  agreement  with  the
Commercial  Finance Division  of Wells  Fargo Bank,  N.A. The  agreement permits
revolving loans, term loans and letters of credit up to an aggregate outstanding
principal amount equal to the lesser of $60 million or 80% of eligible  accounts
receivable,  with a  10% overadvance provision  through April  12, 1996. Amounts
outstanding are  collateralized by  accounts receivable,  inventory,  equipment,
general  intangibles and certain  other assets. The  revolving credit line bears
interest at the bank's prime  rate plus 1% and the  term loans bear interest  at
the bank's prime rate plus 1.25%.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INCLUDING DATA APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
(5) NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED)
The  Company segregated $25  million of the  revolving line into  a 60 day LIBOR
loan to achieve a lower  interest rate at December  31, 1995. Effective May  13,
1996,  the Company renewed and amended its  loan agreement with Wells Fargo. The
amended agreement permits revolving loans, term  loans and letters of credit  up
to an aggregate outstanding principal amount equal to the lesser of $100 million
or  80% of eligible accounts  receivable. Amounts outstanding are collateralized
by accounts receivable,  inventory, equipment, general  intangibles and  certain
other  assets. The new  revolving line bears  interest at the  bank's prime rate
plus .5% and the term  loans bear interest at the  bank's prime rate plus  .75%.
This  agreement expires June 30, 1997. Under this agreement the Company may also
secure financing of equipment  purchases from third parties  up to a maximum  of
$75   million,  less  term  loans  outstanding   to  Wells  Fargo.  Among  other
restrictions, covenants within  the agreement  require the  Company to  maintain
minimum  levels of working  capital and net worth.  Total availability under the
Wells Fargo agreement  at December 31,  1995 was $56.1  million, of which  $36.8
million  (exclusive of bank  overdrafts of $11.8 million)  had been drawn. Total
availability under  the  Wells Fargo  agreement  at  March 31,  1996  was  $56.4
million,  of which $5.1  million (exclusive of bank  overdrafts of $6.6 million)
had been drawn. (See Note 1.) The weighted average outstanding balance was $23.3
million during 1995 and $41.7 million during the three month period ended  March
31,  1996. The  maximum amount  outstanding during  1995 was  $38.2 million. The
weighted average interest rate was 10.6%  for the year ended December 31,  1995.
The  maximum  amount outstanding  during 1996  was  $58.5 million.  The weighted
average interest rate was 9.2% for the three month period ended March 31, 1996.
 
    Loss of Wells Fargo Bank  as a lender would require  the Company to find  an
alternative  source of  funding, which could  have a material  adverse affect on
business and financial results.
 
    OTHER TERM NOTES
 
    During  1995,  the   Company  entered   into  term   notes  with   financial
institutions.  The proceeds from these notes were used to purchase manufacturing
equipment. The term notes have 36-month terms which mature at various dates from
November 1998  to January  1999.  Principal and  interest payments  are  payable
monthly.  Interest rates are fixed and range  from 8.89% to 9.11%. The notes are
secured by  the equipment  purchased.  The term  notes  require the  Company  to
maintain  minimum levels of working capital,  net worth, and quarterly operating
income.
 
    FINANCING OF EUROPEAN ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
 
    In November  1995, a  foreign  subsidiary of  the  Company entered  into  an
agreement  with a German commercial bank for  up to DM 50 million (approximately
$35 million) which involves  the sale of a  portion of the foreign  subsidiary's
accounts  receivable to the  bank. The agreement expires  in November 1996. Such
sales of receivables are limited to 90% of eligible accounts receivable  subject
to  certain credit  limits. The Company  has retained  the bad debt  risk on the
receivables up to DM 1 million per customer. The interest rate varies  depending
on the currency and ranges from 7.75% to 15.0% at December 31, 1995 and at March
31,  1996. The loan is denominated  in several different European currencies and
is dependent on the  underlying receivable. The  weighted average interest  rate
was  11% for the year ended December 31, 1995 and 14% for the three month period
ended March 31, 1996. During 1995, the Company received a total of $17.8 million
in proceeds under the arrangement. During the three month period ended March 31,
1996, the Company  received $63.5 million  in proceeds under  the agreement.  At
December  31, 1995, $9.8  million was outstanding  and at March  31, 1996, $23.9
million was outstanding  and is included  in notes payable  in the  accompanying
consolidated balance sheets.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INCLUDING DATA APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
(5) NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED)
    The following table summarizes the notes payable outstanding at December 31,
1995 and March 31, 1996 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                                  -----------------   MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                      --------------
                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
    <S>                                                           <C>                 <C>
    LIBOR loan (8.875% Fixed interest rate)                           $ 25,000          $ --
    Revolving credit line
     (interest rate 9.5% and 9.25% at 12/31/95 and 3/31/96).....         8,241             1,825
    Term loan
     (interest rate 9.75% and 9.50% at 12/31/95 and 3/31/96)....         3,612             3,284
    Other term notes............................................         3,537             3,301
    European agreement..........................................         9,801            23,941
                                                                       -------           -------
                                                                        50,191            32,351
    Less: Current portion.......................................       (47,640)          (30,051)
                                                                       -------           -------
                                                                      $  2,551          $  2,300
                                                                       -------           -------
                                                                       -------           -------
</TABLE>
 
    Maturities  of notes payable as of December  31, 1995 by year are as follows
(in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,
    --------------------------------------------------------------
    <S>                                                             <C>
    1996..........................................................  $47,640
    1997..........................................................    1,119
    1998..........................................................    1,187
    1999..........................................................      245
                                                                    -------
                                                                    $50,191
                                                                    -------
                                                                    -------
</TABLE>
 
    Cash paid for interest was $970,000 in 1995, and $1,524,000 during the first
quarter of 1996, including interest on capital leases. There was no  outstanding
debt  in 1993 and  1994. Included in  interest expense for  1995 was $267,000 of
amortization of deferred charges associated with obtaining the debt.
 
(6) PREFERRED STOCK
    The Company  has  authorized the  issuance  of  up to  5,000,000  shares  of
Preferred  Stock, $.01 par value per share. The Company's Board of Directors has
the authority, without further shareholder approval, to issue Preferred Stock in
one or more series and  to fix the rights and  preferences thereof. As of  March
31,  1996,  250,000  shares were  designated  as Series  C  Junior Participating
Preferred Stock and the remaining 4,750,000 shares were undesignated.
 
    SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
 
    During 1987, in connection  with the settlement  of litigation, the  Company
designated   1,200,000  shares  of  Preferred   Stock  as  Redeemable  Series  A
Convertible Preferred Stock. These shares were issued in 1989.
 
    Effective June 16,  1995, the  Company exercised  its right  to require  the
conversion  of all  outstanding Series A  Stock into the  Company's Common Stock
pursuant to the original  conversion terms. Upon  conversion, 637,200 shares  of
Common  Stock were  issued to  the Series  A Stock  shareholders. Any fractional
shares were paid with cash in lieu of stock.
 
    Common shares  issued  on conversion  of  the  Series A  Stock  shares  were
recorded  at the net carrying value of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock,
plus accrued dividends.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INCLUDING DATA APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
(6) PREFERRED STOCK (CONTINUED)
    SERIES C JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK
 
    In July 1989, the  Company designated 250,000 shares  of Preferred Stock  as
Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock in connection with its Shareholder
Rights  Plan (see Note 7). Each share of Series C Junior Participating Preferred
Stock (Series  C Stock)  will: (1)  have a  liquidation preference  of $750  per
share;  (2) have  rights to dividends,  subject to  the rights of  any series of
Preferred Stock ranking prior and  superior to the Series  C Stock, when and  if
declared  by the Board of Directors; (3)  not be redeemable; and (4) have voting
rights which entitle the holder to 750 votes per share.
 
(7) PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS
    In July 1989, the Company adopted  a Shareholder Rights Plan and declared  a
dividend  of  four-thirtieths of  one preferred  stock  purchase right  for each
outstanding share of Common Stock. Under  certain conditions, each right may  be
exercised  to purchase  one one-hundredth  of a  share of  Series C  Stock at an
exercise price of $15. The rights will be exercisable only if a person or  group
has  acquired  beneficial  ownership of  20%  or  more of  the  Common  Stock or
announced a tender or exchange offer that would result in such a person or group
owning 30% or more of the Common  Stock. The Company generally will be  entitled
to redeem the rights at $.01 per right at any time until the tenth day following
public  announcement that a 20% stock position  has been acquired and in certain
other circumstances.
 
    If any person  or group becomes  a beneficial owner  of 25% or  more of  the
Common  Stock (except pursuant to a tender or exchange offer for all shares at a
fair price as determined by the outside members of the Board of Directors) or if
a 20% stockholder consolidates or merges into or engages in certain self-dealing
transactions with the Company,  each right not owned  by a 20% stockholder  will
enable  its holder to purchase such number of shares of Common Stock as is equal
to the exercise price  of the right  divided by one-half  of the current  market
price  of  the Common  Stock on  the date  of  the occurrence  of the  event. In
addition, if the Company engages in a merger or other business combination  with
another  person or  group in  which it  is not  the surviving  corporation or in
connection with  which its  Common Stock  is  changed or  converted, or  if  the
Company sells or transfers 50% or more of its assets or earning power to another
person,  each  right that  has not  previously been  exercised will  entitle its
holder to purchase such number of shares of Common Stock of such other person as
is equal to the exercise price of  the right divided by one-half of the  current
market price of such Common Stock on the date of the occurrence of the event.
 
(8) STOCK OPTIONS
 
    STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
    The Company has a 1981 Stock Option Plan (the "1981 Option Plan") and a 1987
Stock Option Plan (the "1987 Option Plan"). The 1981 Option Plan has expired and
no  further options may be granted under this plan; however, outstanding options
previously granted  under this  plan remain  in effect.  Both plans  permit  the
granting  of  incentive  and  nonstatutory stock  options.  The  plans  cover an
aggregate of 41,250,000 shares  of Common Stock. The  exercise price of  options
granted  under the 1987 Option Plan may not be less than 100% of the fair market
value of the Common Stock  at the date of grant  in the case of incentive  stock
options,  and may not  be less than 25%  of the fair market  value of the Common
Stock at the date of grant in the case of nonstatutory stock options.
 
    Options under both plans must be exercised within ten years from the date of
grant in the case of incentive stock options and within ten years and one  month
from  the date of grant in the case  of nonstatutory stock options, or sooner if
so specified within  the option agreement.  At December 31,  1995 and March  31,
1996,  the  Company  had reserved  an  aggregate of  22,269,180,  and 20,861,812
shares, respectively, for  issuance upon exercise  of options granted  or to  be
granted under these plans.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INCLUDING DATA APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
(8) STOCK OPTIONS (CONTINUED)
    The  following table presents the  aggregate options granted, forfeited, and
exercised under the 1981 and 1987 Option Plans for the years ended December  31,
1993,  1994  and  1995  and the  three  months  ended March  31,  1996  at their
respective exercise  price  ranges. All  options  and option  prices  have  been
restated for the stock splits (see Notes 2 and 13).
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 NUMBER OF    OPTION PRICE
                                                  OPTIONS       PER SHARE
                                                 ----------  ---------------
    <S>                                          <C>         <C>
    Options outstanding at December 31, 1992...  17,868,306  $0.05 to $1.46
    Granted....................................     610,068  $0.35 to $0.95
    Exercised..................................  (3,632,220) $0.05 to $0.50
    Forfeited..................................    (747,816) $0.14 to $1.45
                                                 ----------
    Options outstanding at December 31, 1993...  14,098,338  $0.14 to $1.46
    Granted....................................   4,409,250  $0.30 to $0.53
    Exercised..................................    (948,282) $0.14 to $0.40
    Forfeited..................................  (2,836,782) $0.21 to $1.46
                                                 ----------
    Options outstanding at December 31, 1994...  14,722,524  $0.14 to $1.46
    Granted....................................   2,001,600  $0.57 to $7.11
    Exercised..................................  (4,946,106) $0.14 to $1.46
    Forfeited..................................    (114,064) $0.21 to $1.05
                                                 ----------
    Options outstanding at December 31, 1995...  11,663,954  $0.14 to $7.11
    (unaudited)
    Granted....................................   2,521,000  $6.29 to $11.03
    Exercised..................................  (1,407,368) $0.14 to $1.22
    Forfeited..................................     (28,980) $0.35 to $0.82
                                                 ----------
    Options outstanding at March 31, 1996
     (unaudited)...............................  12,748,606  $0.14 to $11.03
                                                 ----------
                                                 ----------
</TABLE>
 
    Options  to purchase  11,321,700, 9,772,122, 9,508,188  and 8,680,396 shares
were  exercisable  at  December  31,  1993,  1994,  1995  and  March  31,  1996,
respectively.
 
    Options to purchase 10,605,226 and 8,113,206 shares were reserved for future
grant at December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996, respectively.
 
    DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
    The  1987 Director Stock Option Plan (the "Director Plan") covered 1,500,000
shares of  Common  Stock. The  Director  Plan provided  for  the grant  to  each
non-employee  director of the Company, on his initial election as a director, an
option to purchase 187,500 shares of Common Stock. The exercise price per  share
of  the option was equal to the fair  market value of the Company's Common Stock
on the date of  grant of the  option. Options become  exercisable in five  equal
annual  installments, commencing one  year from the date  of grant, provided the
holder continues to serve as a director of the Company. Any option granted under
the Director Plan must  be exercised no  later than ten years  from the date  of
grant.  All options granted under the Director Plan are nonstatutory options. In
1995 the Board adopted, and the  stockholders approved, the 1995 Director  Stock
Option  Plan. This Plan covers 1,200,000 shares of Common Stock and provides for
the grant to each non-employee director of the Company, on his initial  election
as a director, an option to purchase 150,000 shares of Common Stock.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INCLUDING DATA APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
(8) STOCK OPTIONS (CONTINUED)
    The  following table presents  the aggregate options  granted, forfeited and
exercised under the Director Plans for  the years ended December 31, 1993,  1994
and  1995, (there  were no  options granted,  exercised or  forfeited during the
three month period  ended March  31, 1996)  at their  respective exercise  price
ranges.  All options and option  prices have been restated  for the stock splits
(see Notes 2 and 13).
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  NUMBER OF    OPTION PRICE
                                                   OPTIONS      PER SHARE
                                                  ---------   --------------
    <S>                                           <C>         <C>
    Options outstanding at December 31, 1992....    825,000   $0.29 to $0.46
    Granted.....................................    187,500   $0.59
    Exercised...................................         --
    Forfeited...................................         --
                                                  ---------
    Options outstanding at December 31, 1993....  1,012,500   $0.29 to $0.59
    Granted.....................................    375,000   $0.27
    Exercised...................................   (187,500)  $0.29
    Forfeited...................................         --
                                                  ---------
    Options outstanding at December 31, 1994....  1,200,000   $0.27 to $0.59
    Granted.....................................         --
    Exercised...................................   (450,000)  $0.37 to $0.44
    Forfeited...................................         --
                                                  ---------
    Options outstanding at December 31, 1995....    750,000   $0.27 to $0.59
                                                  ---------
                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Options to  purchase  562,500,  600,000, 600,000  and  600,000  shares  were
exercisable   at  December  31,  1993,  1994   and  1995  and  March  31,  1996,
respectively.
 
    Options to  purchase 1,200,000  shares  were reserved  for future  grant  at
December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996.
 
    OTHER STOCK OPTIONS
 
    In  December 1987, the Company granted to each of five of the six members of
the Board of Directors an option to purchase 187,500 shares of Common Stock. The
exercise price of these options was $0.20 per share in the case of four options,
and $0.24 per share in the case of the other option. Each option is  exercisable
in  increments of  37,500 shares per  year beginning  one year from  the date of
grant and must be exercised no later than ten years and one month from the  date
of  grant. During  1995, options  to purchase  487,500 shares  were exercised at
$0.20 and $0.24 per  share. At December  31, 1994, options  for the purchase  of
487,500  shares were outstanding  and exercisable at $0.20  and $0.24 per share.
There were no options outstanding at December 31, 1995.
 
(9) STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
    1991 STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
    On January 25, 1991, the Company's  Board of Directors approved an  employee
stock purchase plan for 1991, 1992, and 1993. Eligible employees were allowed to
purchase  Common  Stock  at  market  value  on  the  date  coincident  with  the
distribution of the semiannual profit sharing payments. The employee will earn a
premium equal  to 25%  of their  original purchase  on each  of the  first  four
anniversaries of purchase provided the employee is still employed by the Company
and  the shares are still held by the  Company. A total of 9,000,000 shares were
approved for  the three-year  plan with  1,500,000 shares  plus the  premium  of
1,500,000 shares approved for each
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INCLUDING DATA APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
(9) STOCK PURCHASE PLAN (CONTINUED)
year.  Employees participating in the profit sharing  plan used up to 66 2/3% of
their profit sharing payment to purchase stock. As of December 31, 1995, a total
of 261,846 shares  have been  purchased pursuant  to this  plan and  a total  of
82,740 of premium shares have been issued under this plan.
 
(10) RETIREMENT PLAN
    The  Iomega Retirement and  Investment Savings (IRIS)  Plan permits eligible
employees to make tax deferred investments through payroll deductions. Each year
the Company may contribute to  the IRIS Plan at the  discretion of the Board  of
Directors,  based on the prior year's earnings  of the Company. The IRIS Plan is
subject to compliance with Section 401(k)  of the Internal Revenue Code and  the
Employee  Retirement Income Securities Act of 1974.  Under the terms of the IRIS
Plan,  all  employee  contributions  and  certain  employer  contributions   are
immediately  vested  in  full. Certain  employer  matching  contributions become
vested over five years. The Company contributed approximately $398,000, $319,000
and $671,000 to the IRIS  Plan for the years ended  December 31, 1993, 1994  and
1995, respectively.
 
(11) OPERATIONS BY GEOGRAPHIC REGION
    The  Company  has two  primary  geographic regions:  domestic  and European.
Domestic operations include all U.S. and export operations, primarily Canada and
Asia. Domestic export sales for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995
and  the  three  months  ended  March  31,  1996  were  $7,534,000,  $6,133,000,
$18,160,000  and $21,454,000, respectively. European operations are comprised of
a subsidiary in Germany and sales offices located in France, Belgium, the United
Kingdom, Spain,  Italy, Germany,  Ireland  and Austria.  The sales  offices  are
branches  of  U.S.  subsidiaries.  All  European  sales  and  substantially  all
identifiable assets and  operating expenses  are recorded  on the  books of  the
German  subsidiary. Export sales from the European operation for the years ended
December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1996  were
approximately    $23,868,000,   $29,903,000,    $49,526,000,   and   $39,460,000
respectively, primarily  to  European countries  other  than Germany.  Sales  to
European  countries other than Germany  are distributed relatively evenly across
countries in which sales  offices are located. The  characteristics of sales  to
Germany  and all  other European  countries are  similar. The  sales offices are
compensated  through  commission  agreements.  Inventory  is  transferred   from
domestic  operations  to  the  German  subsidiary  at  an  arms-length  price as
determined by  an independent  economic study.  Following is  a summary  of  the
Company's operations by geographic location.
 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           DOMESTIC     EUROPEAN    INTERCOMPANY
                          OPERATIONS   OPERATIONS   TRANSACTIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
    <S>                   <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
    Net Sales:
      Unaffiliated
       Customers........   $112,961     $ 34,162      $     --       $147,123
      Affiliates........     26,750           --       (26,750)            --
    Cost of Sales.......    (89,984)     (29,997)       27,396        (92,585)
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Gross Margin........     49,727        4,165           646         54,538
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Operating
     Expenses...........     58,454       13,511            --         71,965
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Net Income (Loss)...   $ (4,147)    $(11,024)     $    646       $(14,525)
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Identifiable
     Assets.............   $ 68,004     $ 13,214      $   (129)      $ 81,089
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Capital
     Expenditures.......   $  4,920     $  1,647      $     --       $  6,567
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INCLUDING DATA APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
(11) OPERATIONS BY GEOGRAPHIC REGION (CONTINUED)
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           DOMESTIC     EUROPEAN    INTERCOMPANY
                          OPERATIONS   OPERATIONS   TRANSACTIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
    <S>                   <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
    Net Sales:
      Unaffiliated
       Customers........   $ 95,554     $ 45,826      $     --       $141,380
      Affiliates........     26,393           --       (26,393)            --
    Cost of Sales.......    (87,305)     (31,522)       26,374        (92,453)
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Gross Margin........     34,642       14,304           (19)        48,927
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Operating
     Expenses...........     45,049        4,760            --         49,809
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Net Income (Loss)...   $ (9,729)    $  7,866      $    (19)      $ (1,882)
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Identifiable
     Assets.............   $ 61,696     $ 14,228      $    (91)      $ 75,833
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Capital
     Expenditures.......   $  5,894     $  1,189      $     --       $  7,083
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
</TABLE>
 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           DOMESTIC     EUROPEAN    INTERCOMPANY
                          OPERATIONS   OPERATIONS   TRANSACTIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
    <S>                   <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
    Net Sales:
      Unaffiliated
       Customers........   $ 241,128    $ 85,097      $     --       $326,225
      Affiliates........      65,644          --       (65,644)            --
    Cost of Sales.......    (229,134)    (72,357)       65,653       (235,838)
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Gross Margin........      77,638      12,740             9         90,387
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Operating
     Expenses...........      66,072      10,693            --         76,765
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Net Income..........   $   8,475    $     19      $      9       $  8,503
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Identifiable
     Assets.............   $ 226,696    $ 39,473      $     58       $266,227
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Capital
     Expenditures.......   $  44,223    $  1,009      $     --       $ 45,232
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INCLUDING DATA APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
(11) OPERATIONS BY GEOGRAPHIC REGION (CONTINUED)
FOR THE PERIOD ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 (UNAUDITED):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           DOMESTIC     EUROPEAN    INTERCOMPANY
                          OPERATIONS   OPERATIONS   TRANSACTIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
    <S>                   <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
    Net Sales:
      Unaffiliated
       Customers........   $ 159,520    $ 62,468      $     --       $221,988
      Affiliates........      54,585          --       (54,585)            --
    Cost of Sales.......    (160,858)    (55,693)       54,463       (162,088)
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Gross Margin........      53,247       6,775          (122)        59,900
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Operating
     Expenses...........      34,889       5,258            --         40,147
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Net Income..........   $   7,911    $  2,332      $   (122)      $ 10,121
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Identifiable
     Assets.............   $ 292,478    $ 59,019      $(10,131)      $341,366
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Capital
     Expenditures.......   $  13,956    $    652      $     --       $ 14,608
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
</TABLE>
 
(12) OTHER MATTERS
 
    SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS
 
    During  1993,  sales  to Ingram  Micro  D,  Inc. accounted  for  14%  of the
Company's sales. During 1994, sales to Ingram Micro D, Inc. accounted for 11% of
the Company's sales. In 1995,  no single customer accounted  for 10% or more  of
consolidated  sales. For the three  month period ended March  31, 1996, sales to
Ingram Micro D, Inc. accounted for 11% of the Company's sales.
 
    CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
 
    The  Company  markets  its  products  primarily  through  computer   product
distributors  and retailers.  Accordingly, as the  Company grants  credit to its
customers, a substantial portion of outstanding accounts receivable are due from
computer product distributors and certain large retailers. At December 31, 1994,
the customers  with the  ten highest  outstanding accounts  receivable  balances
totaled  $7.1 million or 34%  of the gross accounts  receivable. At December 31,
1994, the outstanding  accounts receivable  balance from one  customer was  $3.1
million or 15% of gross accounts receivable. At December 31, 1995, the customers
with  the  ten highest  outstanding accounts  receivable balances  totaled $47.1
million or 43% of  gross accounts receivable. At  March 31, 1996, the  customers
with  the  ten highest  outstanding accounts  receivable balance  totalled $57.0
million or  37%  of  gross  accounts  receivable.  At  December  31,  1995,  the
outstanding  accounts receivable balance from one  customer was $15.2 million or
14% of  gross  accounts receivable.  At  March 31,  1996,  outstanding  accounts
receivable  balance from one customer was $20.7 million or 14% of gross accounts
receivable. If any one or a group of these customers' receivable balances should
be deemed  uncollectible,  it  would  have a  material  adverse  effect  on  the
Company's results of operations and financial condition.
 
    PURCHASES FROM RELATED PARTIES
 
    The   Company  purchased   inventory  items   totaling  $372,000,  $398,000,
$1,130,000 and $634,000 for  the years ended December  31, 1993, 1994, 1995  and
the  three months  ended March  31, 1996, respectively,  from a  vendor having a
common director with the Company.
 
    NOTES RECEIVABLE FROM RELATED PARTIES
 
    In September 1993,  the Company  loaned an  executive officer  approximately
$679,000  as part of the officer's severance  package; a portion of the loan was
used by the  executive to exercise  stock options.  This amount of  the loan  is
included  in notes receivable from stockholders in the accompanying consolidated
balance
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INCLUDING DATA APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
(12) OTHER MATTERS (CONTINUED)
sheet at December 31, 1994. The Company  received a note from the officer  which
bore  interest at  an annual rate  of 4.5% and  was payable in  two equal annual
installments of $340,000 which  were due on or  before January 1995 and  January
1996.  The  note was  with full  recourse  and was  collateralized by  the stock
purchased. The loan  was paid  in full with  accrued interest  during the  first
quarter of 1995.
 
    In  January 1995, the Company loaned another executive officer approximately
$283,000 as part of the officer's severance  package. A portion of the loan  was
used  by the executive  to exercise stock  options. The Company  received a note
from the officer which bore interest at an annual rate of 7.75% and was  payable
in  full on  or before  January 1996. The  note was  with full  recourse and was
collateralized by the stock  purchased. The loan was  paid in full with  accrued
interest during the second quarter of 1995.
 
(13) EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO DATE OF THE AUDITORS' REPORT
    CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES
 
    In  March 1996, the  Company issued $46,000,000  in convertible subordinated
notes. The net  proceeds from the  issuance of notes  totaled $43.2 million  and
were  used to  pay down  other debts and  for operating  requirements. The notes
carry an interest rate of 6.75%  and interest payments are payable  semiannually
on  March 15 and September 15 in each year commencing on September 15, 1996. The
notes mature on March 15, 2001. The notes are unsecured and subordinated to  all
existing  and  future senior  indebtedness of  the  Company and  are effectively
subordinated to all existing  and future indebtedness  and other liabilities  of
the Company's subsidiaries.
 
    The  notes are convertible into Common Stock of the Company at the option of
the holder at  any time  after 60  days following  the latest  date of  original
issuance  thereof  and  at or  before  maturity, unless  previously  redeemed or
repurchased, at  a  conversion  price  of $9.875  per  share  (equivalent  to  a
conversion  rate of approximately  101.26 shares per  $1,000 principal amount of
notes), subject to adjustment in certain events.
 
    The notes are redeemable at any time on or after March 31, 1999, in whole or
in part, at the  option of the Company,  at declining redemption prices,  102.7%
for  1999 and 101.35% for  2000, together with accrued  interest, if any, to the
redemption date.
 
    In the event any  repurchase event, as defined  in the indenture  agreement,
occurs,  each holder of notes  may require the Company  to repurchase all or any
part of such holder's notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued
interest to the repurchase date.
 
    STOCK SPLIT
 
    On April 23, 1996, the Company's Board of Directors declared a 2-for-1 stock
split which will be effected in the form of a 100% stock dividend. The  dividend
will  be paid on or about May 20, 1996 to stockholders of record on May 6, 1996.
This  stock  split  has  been   retroactively  reflected  in  the   accompanying
consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  NO  DEALER,  SALESPERSON  OR OTHER  PERSON  HAS  BEEN AUTHORIZED  TO  GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE  ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN  THOSE CONTAINED IN  THIS
PROSPECTUS  AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE,  SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT
BE RELIED UPON  AS HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED BY THE  COMPANY OR THE  UNDERWRITERS.
THIS  PROSPECTUS DOES NOT  CONSTITUTE AN OFFER  TO SELL OR  A SOLICITATION OF AN
OFFER TO  BUY  TO  ANY  PERSON  IN ANY  JURISDICTION  IN  WHICH  SUCH  OFFER  OR
SOLICITATION  WOULD BE UNLAWFUL. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY
OFFER OR SALE HEREUNDER SHALL,  UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY  IMPLICATION
THAT  THERE  HAS BEEN  NO  CHANGE IN  THE  AFFAIRS OF  THE  COMPANY OR  THAT THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS  CORRECT AS OF ANY  DATE SUBSEQUENT TO THE  DATE
HEREOF.
 
                                 --------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 PAGE
                                                 ----
<S>                                              <C>
Prospectus Summary.............................    3
Risk Factors...................................    5
The Company....................................   12
Use of Proceeds................................   12
Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend
 Policy........................................   13
Capitalization.................................   14
Selected Consolidated Financial Data...........   15
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
 Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations....................................   16
Business.......................................   25
Management.....................................   39
Principal Stockholders.........................   42
Description of Capital Stock...................   43
Underwriting...................................   45
Legal Matters..................................   46
Experts........................................   46
Available Information..........................   46
Incorporation of Certain Documents by
 Reference.....................................   47
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.....  F-1
</TABLE>
 
                                5,000,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                                 --------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                 --------------
 
                               HAMBRECHT & QUIST
 
                               J.P. MORGAN & CO.
 
                                        , 1996
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 14.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
    The  following table sets forth the  various expenses in connection with the
sale and  distribution  of  the  securities being  registered,  other  than  the
underwriting  discounts and commissions. All  amounts shown are estimates except
for the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and the NASD  filing
fee.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                 <C>
SEC Registration Fee..............................................................  $  60,475
NASD Filing Fee...................................................................     18,038
Nasdaq National Market Listing Fee................................................     17,500
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses........................................................     15,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses......................................................     50,000
Legal Fees and Expenses...........................................................    150,000
Printing, Engraving and Mailing Expenses..........................................    100,000
Miscellaneous.....................................................................     38,987
                                                                                    ---------
Total.............................................................................  $ 450,000
                                                                                    ---------
                                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 15.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
    Under  Article Sixth of the  Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation
and Article Fifth of  the Company's By-Laws,  each person who  is a director  or
officer  of the Company shall  be indemnified by the  Company to the full extent
permitted by Section 145  of the General Corporation  Law of Delaware  ("Section
145").
 
    Section 145 provides a detailed statutory framework covering indemnification
of  directors  and officers  of liabilities  and expenses  arising out  of legal
proceedings brought  against  them by  reason  of  their status  or  service  as
directors  or officers. This  section provides that  a director or  officer of a
corporation (i) shall be indemnified by the corporation for all expenses of such
legal proceedings when he is successful  on the merits, (ii) may be  indemnified
by  the  corporation for  the  expenses, judgments,  fines  and amounts  paid in
settlement of such proceedings (other than a derivative suit), even if he is not
successful on  the  merits, if  he  acted  in good  faith  and in  a  manner  he
reasonably  believed  to be  in  or not  opposed to  the  best interests  of the
corporation (and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable  cause
to  believe  his conduct  was unlawful),  and  (iii) may  be indemnified  by the
corporation for expenses of a derivative suit (a suit by a shareholder  alleging
a breach by a director or officer of a duty owed to the corporation), even if he
is  not successful on the merits,  if he acted in good  faith and in a manner he
reasonably believed  to be  in  or not  opposed to  the  best interests  of  the
corporation.  No indemnification may be made  under clause (iii) above, however,
if the director or  officer is adjudged liable  for negligence or misconduct  in
the  performance of  his duties  to the  corporation, unless  a court determines
that, despite such adjudication and in view  of all of the circumstances, he  is
entitled  to indemnification. The indemnification  described in clauses (ii) and
(iii) above may be made only upon a determination that indemnification is proper
because the applicable standard  of conduct has been  met. Such a  determination
may  be made by a  majority of a quorum  of disinterested directors, independent
legal counsel  or  the  stockholders.  The  board  of  directors  may  authorize
advancing  litigation  expenses to  a  director or  officer  upon receipt  of an
undertaking by  such  director  or officer  to  repay  such expenses  if  it  is
ultimately determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified for them.
 
    The  Company has  entered into indemnification  agreements with  each of its
directors which  supplement or  clarify the  statutory indemnity  provisions  of
Section  145 in the following respects: (i) the presumption that the director or
officer met  the  applicable  standard  of  conduct  is  established,  (ii)  the
advancement  of litigation expenses is provided  upon request if the director or
officer agrees to  repay them  if it  is ultimately  determined that  he is  not
entitled to indemnification for them, (iii) indemnity is explicitly provided for
settlements  of derivative actions, (iv) the director or officer is permitted to
petition a court to determine whether his actions met the standard required, and
(v) partial  indemnification is  permitted in  the event  that the  director  or
officer is not entitled to full indemnification.
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
    As  permitted by Section 145, the  Company has purchased a general liability
insurance policy which covers certain  liabilities of directors and officers  of
the  Company arising out of claims based  on acts or omissions in their capacity
as directors or officers and for which they are not indemnified by the Company.
 
    Under the Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1 hereto, the Underwriters
are obligated, under certain circumstances, to indemnify directors and  officers
of  the  Company against  certain liabilities,  including liabilities  under the
Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act").
 
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
   NO.                                                    DESCRIPTION
- ---------  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>
        1  Form of Underwriting Agreement
    4.1(1) Certificate of Incorporation
    4.2(2) By-laws
    4.3(3) Rights Agreement between the Company and The First National Bank of Boston, as Rights Agent, dated July
            28, 1989
        5  Opinion of Hale and Dorr
     23.1  Consent of Hale and Dorr (included in Exhibit 5)
     23.2  Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
       24* Powers of Attorney
       27* Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
  * Previously filed.
    
(1) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Registration Statement on  Form
    S-3 (33-64995).
(2)  Incorporated by reference from the  Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
    for the quarter ended July 4, 1993.
(3) Incorporated by  reference from  the Company's  Current Report  on Form  8-K
    dated July 28, 1989.
 
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS
 
    The  Company  hereby  undertakes  that,  for  purposes  of  determining  any
liability under the Securities Act, each  filing of the Company's annual  report
pursuant  to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of  the Exchange Act (and, where applicable,
each filing of  an employee  benefit plan's  annual report  pursuant to  Section
15(d)   of  the  Exchange  Act)  that  is  incorporated  by  reference  in  this
Registration Statement  shall  be deemed  to  be a  new  registration  statement
relating  to the securities offered therein  and the offering of such securities
at the time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities  Act
may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons  of  the
Corporation pursuant  to the  indemnification  provisions described  herein,  or
otherwise,  the Company has been  advised that in the  opinion of the Securities
and Exchange  Commission  such  indemnification  is  against  public  policy  as
expressed  in the Securities Act and  is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event
that a  claim  for indemnification  against  such liabilities  (other  than  the
payment  by the Company of  expenses incurred or paid  by a director, officer or
controlling person of the Company in the successful defense of any action,  suit
or  proceeding) is asserted  by such director, officer  or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the Company will, unless in the
opinion of its  counsel the matter  has been settled  by controlling  precedent,
submit  to  a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  whether such
indemnification by it is  against public policy as  expressed in the  Securities
Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
    The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
    (1)  For purposes of  determining any liability under  the Securities Act of
1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of  this
registration  statement in reliance  upon Rule 430A  and contained in  a form of
prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant  to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or  497(h)
under  the  Securities Act  shall  be deemed  to  be part  of  this registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
    (2) For purposes of  determining any liability under  the Securities Act  of
1933,  each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be
deemed to be  a new registration  statement relating to  the securities  offered
therein,  and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Amendment No. 1  to Registration Statement to be signed  on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Roy and
State of Utah on the 30th day of May, 1996.
    
 
   
                                          IOMEGA CORPORATION
                                          By: /s/ LEONARD C. PURKIS
                                          --------------------------------------
                                             Leonard C. Purkis
                                             Senior Vice President, Finance and
    
   
                                             Chief Financial Officer
    
 
   
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
No. 1 to Registration Statement has  been signed below by the following  persons
in the capacities indicated below on the 30th day of May, 1996.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                                                   TITLE
- ------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------------
 
<C>                                                     <S>
                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive
                    Kim B. Edwards                      officer)
 
                      /s/ LEONARD C. PURKIS
     -------------------------------------------        Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial
                  Leonard C. Purkis                     Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)
 
                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Chairman of the Board of Directors
                    David J. Dunn
 
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                 Willem H.J. Andersen
 
                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                 Robert P. Berkowitz
 
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                   Anthony L. Craig
 
                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                   Michael J. Kucha
 
                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                    John R. Myers
 
                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                    John E. Nolan
 
                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Director
            The Honorable John E. Sheehan
 
*By: /s/ Leonard C. Purkis
- --------------------------------------
    Leonard C. Purkis
    Attorney-in-fact
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
   
                        POWER OF ATTORNEY AND SIGNATURE
    
 
   
    The  undersigned  director  of  Iomega  Corporation  hereby  constitutes and
appoints Leonard C. Purkis, Patrick J. Rondeau and Jonathan Wolfman, and each of
them, his  true and  lawful attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  with full  power  of
substitution  and resubstitution in each of them, for him and in his name, place
and stead, and in  any and all  capacities, to sign (i)  any and all  amendments
(including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement on Form S-3
of  Iomega Corporation and  (ii) any and  all registration statements (including
any amendments thereto)  relating to the  offering covered hereby  which may  be
filed  with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 462(b) under
the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and
other documents  in  connection  therewith, with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission,  granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and  agents, and each of them,
full power  and  authority to  do  and perform  each  and every  act  and  thing
requisite  or necessary to be  done in and about  the premises, hereby ratifying
and confirming all  that said  attorneys-in-fact and agents  or any  of them  or
their  or his substitutes or substitute, may lawfully  do or cause to be done by
virtue hereof.
    
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, this  Amendment
No. 1 to Registration Statement has been signed below by the following person in
the capacity indicated.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                         TITLE               DATE
- ------------------------------------------------------  ---------  ----------------------
 
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>
                   /s/ WILLEM H.J. ANDERSEN             Director   May 30, 1996
     -------------------------------------------
                 Willem H.J. Andersen
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                                      II-4
    
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
   NO.                                                    DESCRIPTION
- ---------  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>
    1      Form of Underwriting Agreement
   4.1(1)  Certificate of Incorporation
   4.2(2)  By-laws
   4.3(3)  Rights Agreement between the Company and The First National Bank of Boston, as Rights Agent, dated July
            28, 1989
    5      Opinion of Hale and Dorr
   23.1    Consent of Hale and Dorr (included in Exhibit 5)
   23.2    Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
   24*     Powers of Attorney
   27*     Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
*   Previously filed.
    
(1)  Incorporated by reference from the Company's Registration Statement on Form
    S-3 (No. 33-64995).
(2) Incorporated by reference from the  Company's Quarterly Report on Form  10-Q
    for the quarter ended July 4, 1993.
(3)  Incorporated by  reference from  the Company's  Current Report  on Form 8-K
    dated July 28, 1989.

<PAGE>

                            IOMEGA CORPORATION

                             5,000,000 Shares(1)

                               Common Stock


                           UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                 May __, 1996



HAMBRECHT & QUIST LLC
J.P. MORGAN & CO.
As Representatives of the Several Underwriters
c/o Hambrecht & Quist LLC
One Bush Street
San Francisco, CA 94104

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     Iomega Corporation, a Delaware corporation (herein called the 
"Company"), proposes to issue and sell 5,000,000 shares of its authorized 
but unissued Common Stock, $.03 1/3 par value (herein called the "Common 
Stock") (said 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock being herein called the 
"Underwritten Stock").  The Company proposes to grant to the 
"Underwriters" (as hereinafter defined) an option to purchase up to 750,000 
additional shares of Common Stock (herein called the "Option Stock" and 
with the Underwritten Stock herein collectively called the "Stock").  The 
Common Stock is more fully described in the Registration Statement and the 
Prospectus hereinafter mentioned.

     The Company hereby confirms the agreements made with respect to the 
purchase of the Stock by the several underwriters, for whom you are acting, 
named in Schedule I hereto (herein collectively called the Underwriters, 
which term shall also include any underwriter purchasing Stock pursuant to 
Section 3(b) hereof).  You represent and warrant that you have been 
authorized by each of the other Underwriters to enter into this Agreement on 
its behalf and to act for it in the manner herein provided.

     1.  REGISTRATION STATEMENT.  The Company has filed with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission (herein called the "Commission") a registration 
statement on Form S-3 (No. 333-03577), including the related preliminary 
prospectus, for the registration under the 

___________

(1)  Plus an option to purchase from the Company up to 750,000 additional 
     shares to cover over-allotments.

<PAGE>

Securities Act of 1933, as amended (herein called the "Securities Act"), of 
the Stock.  Copies of such registration statement and of each amendment 
thereto, if any, including the related preliminary prospectus (meeting the 
requirements of Rule 430A of the rules and regulations of the Commission) 
heretofore filed by the Company with the Commission have been delivered to 
you.

     The term Registration Statement as used in this Agreement shall mean such
registration statement, including all documents incorporated by reference 
therein and all exhibits and financial statements and all information omitted 
therefrom in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the Prospectus referred 
to below, in the form in which it became effective, and any registration 
statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the rules and regulations of the 
Commission with respect to the Stock (herein called a 462(b) registration 
statement), and in the event of any amendment thereto after the effective 
date of such registration statement (herein called the "Effective Date"), 
shall also mean (from and after the effectiveness of such amendment) such 
registration statement as so amended (including any Rule 462(b) registration 
statement).  The term "Prospectus" as used in this Agreement shall mean the 
prospectus, including the documents incorporated by reference therein, 
relating to the Stock first filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) 
and Rule 430A (or, if no such filing is required, as included in the 
Registration Statement) and, in the event of any supplement or amendment to 
such prospectus after the Effective Date, shall also mean (from and after the 
filing with the Commission of such supplement or the effectiveness of such 
amendment) such prospectus as so supplemented or amended.   The term 
"Preliminary Prospectus" as used in this Agreement shall mean each 
preliminary prospectus, including the documents incorporated by reference 
therein, included in such registration statement prior to the time it becomes 
effective.

     The Registration Statement has been declared effective under the Securities
Act, and no post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement has been 
filed as of the date of this Agreement.  The Company has caused to be 
delivered to you copies of each Preliminary Prospectus and has consented to 
the use of such copies for the purposes permitted by the Securities Act.

     2.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.

     (a) The Company hereby represents and warrants as follows:

         (i) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing 
as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, 
has full corporate power and authority to own or lease its properties and 
conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement and the 
Prospectus and as being conducted, and is duly qualified as a foreign 
corporation and in good standing in all jurisdictions in which the character 
of the property owned or leased or the nature of the business transacted by 
it makes qualification necessary (except where the failure to be so qualified 
would not have a material adverse effect on

                                     2
<PAGE>

the business, properties, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of 
operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as whole (a 
""Material Adverse Effect'')).

        (ii) The Company owns all of the shares of capital stock of each 
subsidiary of the Company, and each of the Company's subsidiaries has been 
duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing 
under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has full corporate 
power and authority to own or lease its properties and conduct its business 
as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and as being 
conducted, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and in good 
standing in all jurisdictions in which the character of the property owned or 
leased or the nature of the business transacted by it makes qualification 
necessary except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a 
Material Adverse Effect.

      (iii) Since the respective dates as of which information is given in 
the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there has not been any 
materially adverse change in the business, properties, financial condition or 
results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken 
as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course 
of business, other than as set forth in the Registration Statement and the 
Prospectus, and since such dates, except in the ordinary course of business, 
neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has entered into any material 
transaction not referred to in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

        (iv) The Commission has not issued any order preventing or suspending 
the use of any Preliminary Prospectus relating to the proposed offering of 
the Stock nor instituted or, to the best knowledge of the Company, after due 
inquiry, threatened instituting proceedings for that purpose.  The 
Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply, and on the Closing Date (as 
hereinafter defined) and any later date on which Option Stock is to be 
purchased, the Prospectus will comply, in all material respects, with the 
provisions of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended (herein called the ""Exchange Act''), and the rules and regulations 
of the Commission thereunder.  On the Effective Date, the Registration 
Statement did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and did not 
omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in 
order to make the statements therein not misleading; and, on the Effective 
Date the Prospectus did not and, on the Closing Date and any later date on 
which Option Stock is to be purchased, will not contain any untrue statement 
of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to 
make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which 
they were made, not misleading; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that none of the 
representations and warranties in this subparagraph (iv) shall apply to 
statements in, or omissions from, the Registration Statement or the 
Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with information herein or 
otherwise furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of the 
Underwriters for use in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus.

         (v) The Stock is duly and validly authorized, is (or, in the case of 
shares of the Stock to be sold by the Company, will be, when issued and sold 
to the Underwriters as provided

                                     3
<PAGE>

herein) duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and conforms to 
the description thereof in the Prospectus.  No further approval or authority 
of the stockholders or the Board of Directors of the Company will be required 
for the issuance and sale of the Stock as contemplated herein.  The 
authorized capital stock of the Company conforms as to legal matters to the 
description thereof contained in the Prospectus.  The shares of Common Stock 
outstanding prior to the issuance of the Underwritten Stock and, if any, the 
Option Stock have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and 
non-assessable.

        (vi) Prior to the Closing Date, the Stock to be issued and sold by 
the Company will be authorized for listing on the Nasdaq National Market 
(herein called ""NNM'') upon official notice of issuance.

       (vii) Except as specifically disclosed in the Registration Statement, 
and except for options to purchase shares of Common Stock granted to the 
Company's employees, directors or consultants under the Company's stock plans 
which are disclosed in the Registration Statement subsequent to the date as 
of which stock option data is presented in the Registration Statement, the 
Company does not have outstanding any options to purchase, or any preemptive 
rights, or other rights to subscribe or to purchase or rights of co-sale, any 
securities or obligations convertible into, or any contracts or commitments 
to issue or sell or register for sale, shares of its capital stock or any 
such options, rights, convertible securities or obligations.

      (viii) The audited consolidated financial statements of the Company, 
together with related notes and schedules as set forth in the Registration 
Statement (""Financial Statements''), present fairly the financial position 
and the results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a 
whole, at the indicated dates and for the indicated periods.  The Financial 
Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles, consistently applied through the period involved, and 
all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of results for such periods 
have been made. The selected and summary financial data and the tables set 
forth under ""Results of Operations'' and ""Selected Quarterly Operating 
Results'' in the Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations section, included in the Registration Statement, 
present fairly the information shown therein and have been compiled on a 
basis consistent with the audited financial statements presented in the 
Registration Statement.

        (ix) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation 
or default under any provision of its charter documents or bylaws, as 
currently in effect, or any indenture, license, mortgage, lease, franchise, 
permit, deed of trust or other agreement or instrument to which such 
corporation is a party or by which such corporation or any of its properties 
is bound or may be affected, except where such violation or default would not 
have a Material Adverse Effect.

        (x) The Company has full legal right, power and authority to enter 
into this Agreement and perform the transactions contemplated hereby.  This 
Agreement has been duly

                                     4

<PAGE>


authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and is a valid and binding 
agreement on the part of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its 
terms, except as rights to indemnity and contribution hereunder may be 
limited by applicable law and except as the enforcement hereof may be limited 
by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other 
similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally, or by general equitable 
principles.  The execution and performance of this Agreement and the 
consummation of the transactions herein contemplated do not and will not: (i) 
conflict with, or result in a breach of, or violation of, any of the terms or 
provisions of, or constitute, either by itself or upon notice or the passage 
of time or both, a default under, any indenture, license, mortgage, lease, 
franchise, permit, deed of trust or other agreement or instrument to which 
the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which any such 
corporation or any of its properties is bound or may be affected, except 
where such breach, violation or default would not have a Material Adverse 
Effect, (ii) violate any of the provisions of the charter documents or bylaws 
of any such corporation, except where such violation would not have a 
Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) violate any material order, judgment, 
statute, rule or regulation applicable to any such corporation or of any 
regulatory, administrative or governmental body or agency having jurisdiction 
over any such corporation or any of its properties, except where such 
violation would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

       (xi) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there is not any pending 
or, to the Company's knowledge, threatened action, suit, claim or proceeding 
against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective 
officers or any of their properties, assets or rights before any court or 
governmental agency or body or otherwise which (i) might have a Material 
Adverse Effect, or (ii) might prevent consummation of the transactions 
contemplated hereby or (iii) is required to be disclosed in the Registration 
Statement; and there are no contracts or documents of the Company or any of 
its subsidiaries that are required to be described in the Prospectus or to be 
filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement which have not been fairly 
and accurately described in all material respects in the Prospectus and filed 
as exhibits to the Registration Statement.  The contracts so described in the 
Prospectus are in full force and effect on the date hereof; and neither the 
Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the Company's knowledge any other 
party, is in breach of or default under any of such contracts.

      (xii) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company owns or 
possesses adequate rights to use all patents, patent rights, inventions, 
trade secrets, know-how, trademarks, service marks, trade names and 
copyrights described or referred to in the Prospectus as owned or used by it 
or which are necessary for the conduct of its businesses as described in the 
Prospectus; the Company has not received any notice of, and the Company has 
no knowledge of, any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of 
others with respect to any patent, patent rights, inventions, trade secrets, 
know-how, trademarks, service marks, trade names or copyrights which, singly 
or in the aggregate, might reasonably have a Material Adverse Effect.

     (xiii) The Company has not taken and will not take, directly or 
indirectly, any action designed to or that might be reasonably expected to 
cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Common 
Stock to facilitate the sale or resale of the Stock.

                                     5

<PAGE>

     3.  PURCHASE OF THE STOCK BY THE UNDERWRITERS.

     (a) On the basis of the representations and warranties and subject to 
the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and 
sell 5,000,000 shares of the Underwritten Stock to the several Underwriters 
and each of the Underwriters agrees to purchase from the Company the 
respective aggregate number of shares of Stock set forth opposite its name in 
Schedule I.  The price at which such shares of Underwritten Stock shall be 
sold by the Company and purchased by the several Underwriters shall be $___ 
per share.  The obligation of each Underwriter to the Company shall be to 
purchase from the Company that number of shares of the Underwritten Stock set 
forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto.  In making 
this Agreement, each Underwriter is contracting severally and not jointly; 
except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 3, the agreement 
of each Underwriter is to purchase only the respective number of shares of 
the Underwritten Stock specified in Schedule I.

     (b) If for any reason one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or 
refuse (otherwise than for a reason sufficient to justify the termination of 
this Agreement under the provisions of Section 8 or 9 hereof) to purchase and 
pay for the number of shares of the Stock agreed to be purchased by such 
Underwriter or Underwriters, the Company shall immediately give notice 
thereof to you, and the non-defaulting Underwriters shall have the right 
within 24 hours after the receipt by you of such notice to purchase, or 
procure one or more other Underwriters to purchase, in such proportions as 
may be agreed upon between you and such purchasing Underwriter or 
Underwriters and upon the terms herein set forth, all or any part of the 
shares of the Stock which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed 
to purchase.  If the non-defaulting Underwriters fail so to make such 
arrangements with respect to all such shares, the number of shares of the 
Stock which each non-defaulting Underwriter is otherwise obligated to 
purchase under this Agreement shall be automatically increased on a pro rata 
basis to absorb the remaining shares which the defaulting Underwriter or 
Underwriters agreed to purchase; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the non-defaulting 
Underwriters shall not be obligated to purchase the shares which the 
defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed to purchase if the aggregate 
number of such shares of the Stock exceeds 10% of the total number of shares 
of the Stock which all Underwriters agreed to purchase hereunder.  If the 
total number of shares of the Stock which the defaulting Underwriter or 
Underwriters agreed to purchase shall not be purchased or absorbed in 
accordance with the two preceding sentences, the Company shall have the 
right, within 24 hours next succeeding the 24-hour period above referred to, 
to make arrangements with other underwriters or purchasers satisfactory to 
you for purchase of such shares on the terms herein set forth.  In any such 
case, either you or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing 
Date determined as provided in Section 5 hereof for not more than seven 
business days after the date originally fixed as the Closing Date pursuant to 
said Section 5 in order that any necessary changes in the Registration 
Statement, the Prospectus or any other documents or arrangements may be made. 
 If neither the non-defaulting Underwriters nor the Company shall make 
arrangements within the 24 hour periods stated above for the purchase of all 
the shares of the Stock which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters 
agreed to purchase hereunder, this

                                     6
<PAGE>

Agreement shall be terminated without further act or deed and without any 
liability on the part of the Company to any non-defaulting Underwriter and 
without any liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter to the 
Company.  Nothing in this paragraph (b), and no action taken hereunder, shall 
relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default 
of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

     (c) On the basis of the representations, warranties and covenants herein 
contained, and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the 
Company grants an option to the several Underwriters to purchase, severally 
and not jointly, up to 750,000 shares of Option Stock from the Company at the 
same price per share as the Underwriters shall pay for the Underwritten 
Stock.  Said option may be exercised only to cover over-allotments in the 
sale of the Underwritten Stock by the Underwriters and may be exercised in 
whole or in part at any time (but not more than once) on or before the 
thirtieth day after the date of this Agreement upon written or telegraphic 
notice by you to the Company setting forth the aggregate number of shares of 
the Option Stock as to which the several Underwriters are exercising the 
option.  Delivery of certificates for the shares of Option Stock and payment 
therefor shall be made as provided in Section 5 hereof.  The number of shares 
of the Option Stock to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the same 
percentage of the total number of shares of the Option Stock to be purchased 
by the several Underwriters as such Underwriter is purchasing of the 
Underwritten Stock as adjusted by you in such manner as you deem advisable to 
avoid fractional shares.

     4. OFFERING BY UNDERWRITERS.

     (a) The terms of the public offering by the Underwriters of the Stock to 
be purchased by them shall be as set forth in the Prospectus.  The 
Underwriters may from time to time change the public offering price after the 
closing of the public offering and increase or decrease the concessions and 
discounts to dealers as they may determine.

     (b) The information set forth in the last paragraph on the front cover 
page and under ""Underwriting'' in the Registration Statement, any 
Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus relating to the Stock filed by the 
Company (insofar as such information relates to the Underwriters or the terms 
and conditions upon which they will sell the Stock) constitutes the only 
information furnished by the Underwriters to the Company for inclusion in the 
Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, and the Prospectus, and 
you on behalf of the respective Underwriters represent and warrant to the 
Company that the statements made therein are correct.





                                     7

<PAGE>

     5.  DELIVERY OF AND PAYMENT FOR THE STOCK.

     (a) Delivery of certificates for the shares of the Underwritten Stock 
and the Option Stock (if the option granted by Section 3(c) hereof shall have 
been exercised not later than 7:00 A.M., California time, on the date two 
business days preceding the Closing Date), and payment therefor, shall be 
made at the office of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & 
Hachigian, LLP, at 7:00 A.M., California time, on the fourth business day 
after the date of this Agreement, or at such time on such other day, not 
later than seven full business days after such fourth business day, as shall 
be agreed upon in writing by the Company and you.  The date and hour of such 
delivery and payment (which may be postponed as provided in Section 3(b) 
hereof) are herein called the Closing Date.

     (b) If the option granted by Section 3(c) hereof shall be exercised after 
7:00 A.M., California time, on the date two business days preceding the 
Closing Date, delivery of certificates for the shares of Option Stock, and 
payment therefor, shall be made at the office of Gunderson Dettmer Stough 
Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP, at 7:00 A.M., California time, on the 
third business day after the exercise of such option.

     (c) Payment for the stock purchased from the Company shall be made to 
the Company or its order by one or more certified or official bank check or 
checks in next day funds (and the Company agrees not to deposit any such 
check in the bank on which drawn until the day following the date of its 
delivery to the Company). Such payment shall be made upon delivery of 
certificates for the Stock to you for the respective accounts of the several 
Underwriters against receipt therefor signed by you. Certificates for the 
Stock to be delivered to you shall be registered in such name or names and 
shall be in such denominations as you may request at least two business days 
before the Closing Date, in the case of Underwritten Stock, and at least two 
business days prior to the purchase thereof, in the case of the Option Stock. 
 Such certificates will be made available to the Underwriters for inspection, 
checking and packaging at the offices of Lewco Securities Corporation, 2 
Broadway, New York, New York, 100004 not less than one full business day 
prior to the Closing Date or, in the case of the Option Stock, by 3:00 p.m., 
New York time, on the business day preceding the date of purchase.

      It is understood that you, individually and not on the behalf of the 
Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment to the Company 
for shares to be purchased by any Underwriter whose check shall not have been 
received by you on the Closing Date or on any later date on which Option 
Stock is purchased for the account of such Underwriter.  Any such payment by 
you shall not relieve such Underwriter from any of its obligations hereunder.


                                     8

<PAGE>

     6.  FURTHER AGREEMENTS OF THE COMPANY.

     The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

     (a) The Company will (i) prepare and timely file with the Commission 
under Rule 424(b) a Prospectus containing information previously omitted at 
the time of effectiveness of the Registration Statement in reliance on Rule 
430A and (ii) not file any amendment to the Registration Statement or 
supplement to the Prospectus of which you shall not previously have been 
advised and furnished with a copy or to which you shall have reasonably 
objected in writing or which is not in compliance with the Securities Act or 
the rules and regulations of the Commission.

     (b) The Company will promptly notify the Representatives in the event of 
(i) the request by the Commission for amendment of the Registration Statement 
or for supplement to the Prospectus or for any additional information, (ii) 
the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness 
of the Registration Statement, (iii) the institution or notice of intended 
institution of any action or proceeding for that purpose, (iv) the receipt by 
the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the 
qualification of the Stock for sale in any jurisdiction, or (v) the receipt 
by it of notice of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such 
purpose. The Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent the 
issuance of such a stop order and, if such an order shall at any time be 
issued, to obtain the withdrawal thereof at the earliest possible moment.

     (c) The Company will (i) on or before the Closing Date, deliver to you a 
signed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each 
amendment thereto filed prior to the time the Registration Statement becomes 
effective and, promptly upon the filing thereof, a signed copy of each 
post-effective amendment, if any, to the Registration Statement (together 
with, in each case, all exhibits thereto unless previously furnished to you) 
and will also deliver to you, for distribution to the Underwriters, a 
sufficient number of additional conformed copies of each of the foregoing 
(but without exhibits) so that one copy of each may be distributed to each 
Underwriter, (ii) as promptly as possible deliver to you and send to the 
several Underwriters, at such office or offices as you may designate, as many 
copies of the Prospectus as you may reasonably request, and (iii) thereafter 
from time to time during the period in which a prospectus is required by law 
to be delivered by an Underwriter or dealer, likewise send to the 
Underwriters as many additional copies of the Prospectus and as many copies 
of any supplement to the Prospectus and of any amended Prospectus, filed by 
the Company with the Commission, as you may reasonably request for the 
purposes contemplated by the Securities Act.

     (d) If at any time during the period in which a prospectus is required 
by law to be delivered by an Underwriter or dealer any event relating to or 
affecting the Company, or of which the Company shall be advised in writing by 
you, shall occur as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of 
counsel for the Company or of counsel for the Underwriters, to

                                     9
<PAGE>

supplement or amend the Prospectus in order to make the Prospectus not 
misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is 
delivered to a purchaser of the Stock, the Company will forthwith prepare and 
file with the Commission a supplement to the Prospectus or an amended 
Prospectus so that the Prospectus as so supplemented or amended will not 
contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material 
fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the 
circumstances existing at the time such Prospectus is delivered to such 
purchaser, not misleading.  If, after the public offering of the Stock by the 
Underwriters and during such period, the Underwriters shall propose to vary 
the terms of offering thereof by reason of changes in general market 
conditions or otherwise, you will advise the Company in writing of the 
proposed variation, and, if in the opinion either of counsel for the Company 
or of counsel for the Underwriters such proposed variation requires that the 
Prospectus be supplemented or amended, the Company will forthwith prepare and 
file with the Commission a supplement to the Prospectus or an amended 
Prospectus setting forth such variation.  The Company authorizes the 
Underwriters and all dealers to whom any of the Stock may be sold by the 
several Underwriters to use the Prospectus, as from time to time amended or 
supplemented, in connection with the sale of the Stock in accordance with the 
applicable provisions of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and 
regulations thereunder for such period.

     (e) Prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, the Company will 
submit to you, for your information, a copy of any post-effective amendment 
to the Registration Statement and any supplement to the Prospectus or any 
amended Prospectus proposed to be filed.

     (f) The Company will cooperate, when and as requested by you, in the 
qualification of the Stock for offer and sale under the securities or blue 
sky laws of such jurisdictions as you may designate and, during the period in 
which a prospectus is required by law to be delivered by an Underwriter or 
dealer, in keeping such qualifications in good standing under said securities 
or blue sky laws; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company shall not be obligated 
to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign 
corporation in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified.  The Company 
will from time to time, prepare and file such statements, reports, and other 
documents as are or may be required to continue such qualifications in effect 
for so long a period as you may reasonably request for distribution of the 
Stock.

     (g) During a period of five years commencing with the date hereof, the 
Company will furnish to you, and to each Underwriter who may so request in 
writing, copies of all periodic and special reports furnished to stockholders 
of the Company and of all information, documents and reports filed with 
Commission.

     (h) Not later than the 45th day following the end of the fiscal quarter 
first occurring after the first anniversary of the Effective Date, the 
Company will make generally available to its security holders an earnings 
statement in accordance with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 
thereunder.


                                     10

<PAGE>

     (i) The Company agrees to pay all costs and expenses incident to the 
performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including all costs and 
expenses incident to (i) the preparation, printing and filing with the 
Commission and the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. 
(""NASD'') of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus and the 
Prospectus, (ii) the furnishing to the Underwriters of copies of any 
Preliminary Prospectus and of the several documents required by paragraph (c) 
of this Section 6 to be so furnished, (iii) the printing of this Agreement 
and related documents delivered to the Underwriters, (iv) the preparation, 
printing and filing of all supplements and amendments to the Prospectus 
referred to in paragraph (d) of this Section 6, (v) the furnishing to you and 
the Underwriters of the reports and information referred to in paragraph (g) 
of this Section 6 and (vi) the printing and issuance of stock certificates, 
including the transfer agent's fees.

     (j) The Company agrees to reimburse you, for the account of the several 
Underwriters, for blue sky fees and related disbursements (including counsel 
fees and disbursements and cost of printing memoranda for the Underwriters) 
paid by or for the account of the Underwriters or their counsel in qualifying 
the Stock under state securities or blue sky laws and in the review of the 
offering by the NASD.

     (k) The Company hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of 
Hambrecht & Quist LLC on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the 
period ending ninety (90) days after the date of the final Prospectus for the 
public offering, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option 
or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any 
option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, 
directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities 
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, or (2) 
enter into any swap or similar agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, 
the economic risk of ownership of Common Stock, whether any such transaction 
described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common 
Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; provided, however, that 
the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (k) shall not apply to (a) the 
Stock to be sold to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement, (b) shares 
of Common Stock issued under the stock option and stock purchase plans of the 
Company (the ""Stock Plans''), including Common Stock issued upon the 
exercise of options granted under the Stock Plans, all as described through 
incorporation by reference in the Preliminary Prospectus, and (c) shares of 
Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Company's 6 3/4% Convertible 
Subordinated Notes due 2001.  For purposes of this paragraph (k), a sale, 
offer, or other disposition shall be deemed to include any sale to an 
institution which can, following such sale, sell Common Stock to the public 
in reliance on Rule 144A.

     (l) The Company is familiar with the Investment Company Act of 1940, as 
amended, and has in the past conducted its affairs, and will in the future 
conduct its affairs, in such a manner to ensure that the Company was not and 
will not be an ""investment company'' or a company ""controlled'' by an 
""investment company'' within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 
1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.



                                     11

<PAGE>

      7. Indemnification and Contribution.

      (a) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (f) of this Section 7, the 
Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each 
person (including each partner or officer thereof) who controls any 
Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act from and 
against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, 
to which such indemnified parties or any of them may become subject under the 
Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or the common law or otherwise, and the 
Company agrees to reimburse each such Underwriter and controlling person for 
any legal or other expenses (including, except as otherwise hereinafter 
provided, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred by the 
respective indemnified parties in connection with defending against any such 
losses, claims, damages or liabilities or in connection with any 
investigation or inquiry of, or other proceeding which may be brought 
against, the respective indemnified parties, in each case arising out of or 
based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material 
fact contained in the Registration Statement (including the Prospectus as 
part thereof and any Rule 462(b) registration statement) or any 
post-effective amendment thereto (including any Rule 462(b) registration 
statement), or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material 
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements 
therein not misleading, or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue 
statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus or the 
Prospectus (as amended or as supplemented if the Company shall have filed 
with the Commission any amendment thereof or supplement thereto) or the 
omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in 
order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under 
which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that (A) the 
indemnity agreements of the Company contained in this paragraph (a) shall not 
apply to any such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses if such 
statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with 
information furnished as herein stated or otherwise furnished in writing to 
the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter expressly for use in any 
Preliminary Prospectus or the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any 
such amendment thereof or supplement thereto, and (B) the indemnity agreement 
contained in this paragraph (a) with respect to any Preliminary Prospectus 
shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter from whom the person 
asserting any such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses purchased 
the Stock which is the subject thereof (or to the benefit of any person 
controlling such Underwriter) if at or prior to the written confirmation of 
the sale of such Stock a copy of the Prospectus (or the Prospectus as amended 
or supplemented) was not sent or delivered to such person (excluding the 
documents incorporated therein by reference) and the untrue statement or 
omission of a material fact contained in such Preliminary Prospectus was 
corrected in the Prospectus (or the Prospectus as amended or supplemented) 
unless the failure is the result of noncompliance by the Company with this 
Agreement.  The indemnity agreements of the Company contained in this 
paragraph (a) and the representations and warranties of the Company contained 
in Section 2 hereof shall remain operative and in full force and effect 
regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any indemnified party 
and shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Stock.


                                     12

<PAGE>

     (b) Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the 
Company, each of its officers who signs the Registration Statement on his own 
behalf or pursuant to a power of attorney, each of its directors, each other 
Underwriter and each person (including each partner or officer thereof) who 
controls the Company or any such other Underwriter within the meaning of 
Section 15 of the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, 
damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such indemnified parties 
or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, 
or the common law or otherwise and to reimburse each of them for any legal or 
other expenses (including, except as otherwise hereinafter provided, 
reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred by the respective 
indemnified parties in connection with defending against any such losses, 
claims, damages or liabilities or in connection with any investigation or 
inquiry of, or other proceeding which may be brought against, the respective 
indemnified parties, in each case arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue 
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the 
Registration Statement (including the Prospectus as part thereof and any Rule 
462(b) registration statement) or any post-effective amendment thereto 
(including any Rule 462(b) registration statement) or the omission or alleged 
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or 
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (ii) any untrue 
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any 
Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (as amended or as supplemented if 
the Company shall have filed with the Commission any amendment thereof or 
supplement thereto) or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a 
material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light 
of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, if such 
statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with 
information furnished as herein stated or otherwise furnished in writing to 
the Company by or on behalf of such indemnifying Underwriter expressly for 
use in the Registration Statement or in any Preliminary Prospectus or the 
Prospectus or any such amendment thereof or supplement thereto.  The 
indemnity agreement of each Underwriter contained in this paragraph (b) shall 
remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation 
made by or on behalf of any indemnified party and shall survive the delivery 
of and payment for the Stock.

     (c) Each party indemnified under the provisions of paragraphs (a) and 
(b) of this Section 7 agrees that, upon the service of a summons or other 
initial legal process upon it in any action or suit instituted against it or 
upon its receipt of written notification of the commencement of any 
investigation or inquiry of, or  proceeding against, it in respect of which 
indemnity may be sought on account of any indemnity agreement contained in 
such paragraphs, it will promptly give written notice (herein called the 
Notice) of such service or notification to the party or parties from whom 
indemnification may be sought hereunder.  No indemnification provided for in 
such paragraphs shall be available to any party who shall fail so to give the 
Notice if the party to whom such Notice was not given was unaware of the 
action, suit, investigation, inquiry or proceeding to which the Notice would 
have related and was prejudiced by the failure to give the Notice, but the 
omission so to notify such indemnifying party or parties of any such service 
or notification shall not relieve such indemnifying party or parties from any 
liability which it or they may have to the indemnified party for contribution 
or otherwise than on account of such


                                     13
<PAGE>

indemnity agreement.  Any indemnifying party shall be entitled at its own 
expense to participate in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding 
against, or investigation or inquiry of, an indemnified party.  Any 
indemnifying party shall be entitled, if it so elects within a reasonable 
time after receipt of the Notice by giving written notice (herein called the 
Notice of Defense) to the indemnified party, to assume (alone or in 
conjunction with any other indemnifying party or parties) the entire defense 
of such action, suit, investigation, inquiry or proceeding, in which event 
such defense shall be conducted, at the expense of the indemnifying party or 
parties, by counsel chosen by such indemnifying party or parties and 
reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party or parties; provided, 
however, that (i) if the indemnified party or parties reasonably determine 
that there may be a conflict between the positions of the indemnifying party 
or parties and of the indemnified party or parties in conducting the defense 
of such action, suit, investigation, inquiry or proceeding or that there may 
be legal defenses available to such indemnified party or parties different 
from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party or parties, 
then one counsel for the indemnified party or parties shall be entitled to 
conduct the defense of the indemnified party or parties to the extent 
reasonably determined by such counsel to be necessary to protect the 
interests of the indemnified party or parties and (ii) in any event, the 
indemnified party or parties shall be entitled to have counsel chosen by such 
indemnified party or parties participate in, but not conduct, the defense.  
If, within a reasonable time after receipt of the Notice, an indemnifying 
party gives a Notice of Defense and the counsel chosen by the indemnifying 
party or parties is reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party or 
parties, the indemnifying party or parties will not be liable under 
paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section 7 for any legal or other expenses 
subsequently incurred by the indemnified party or parties in connection with 
the defense of the action, suit, investigation, inquiry or proceeding, except 
that (A) the indemnifying party or parties shall bear the legal and other 
expenses incurred in connection with the conduct of the defense as referred 
to in clause (i) of the proviso to the preceding sentence and (B) the 
indemnifying party or parties shall bear such other expenses as it or they 
have authorized to be incurred by the indemnified party or parties.  If, 
within a reasonable time after receipt of the Notice, no Notice of Defense 
has been given, the indemnifying party or parties shall be responsible for 
any legal or other expenses incurred by the indemnified party or parties in 
connection with the defense of the action, suit, investigation, inquiry or 
proceeding.

     (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 is unavailable 
or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under paragraph (a) or 
(b) of this Section 7, then each indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying 
such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by 
such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or 
liabilities referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 7 (i) in such 
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by 
each indemnifying party from the offering of the Stock or (ii) if the 
allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, 
in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative 
benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of each 
indemnifying party in connection with the statements or omissions that 
resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, or actions in 
respect thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The 
relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the 
Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to

                                    14

<PAGE>

be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the 
offering of the Stock received by the Company and the total underwriting 
discount received by the Underwriters, as set forth in the table on the cover 
page of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate public offering price of the 
Stock.  Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other 
things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or 
the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to 
information supplied by each indemnifying party and the parties' relative 
intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or 
prevent such untrue statement or omission.

The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions 
pursuant to this paragraph (d) were to be determined by pro rata allocation 
(even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by 
any other method of allocation which does not take into account the equitable 
considerations referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph (d).  The 
amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, 
damages or liabilities, or actions in respect thereof, referred to in the 
first sentence of this paragraph (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or 
other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection 
with investigating, preparing to defend or defending against any action or 
claim which is the subject of this paragraph (d).  Notwithstanding the 
provisions of this paragraph (d), no Underwriter shall be required to 
contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting discount applicable to 
the Stock purchased by such Underwriter.  No person guilty of fraudulent 
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) 
shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such 
fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Underwriters' obligations in this 
paragraph (d) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective 
underwriting obligations and not joint.

Each party entitled to contribution agrees that upon the service of a summons 
or other initial legal process upon it in any action instituted against it in 
respect of which contribution may be sought, it will promptly give written 
notice of such service to the party or parties from whom contribution may be 
sought, but the omission so to notify such party or parties of any such 
service shall not relieve the party from whom contribution may be sought from 
any obligation it may have hereunder or otherwise (except as specifically 
provided in paragraph (c) of this Section 7).

     (e) The Company will not, without the prior written consent of the 
Representatives, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment 
in any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of 
which indemnification may be sought hereunder (whether or not an Underwriter 
or any person who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 
of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act is a party to such 
claim, action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement, compromise or 
consent includes an unconditional release of each Underwriter and each 
controlling person from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit 
or proceeding.


                                     15

<PAGE>

     8.  TERMINATION. This Agreement may be terminated by you at any time 
prior to the Closing Date by giving written notice to the Company if after 
the date of this Agreement trading in the Common Stock shall have been 
suspended, or if there shall have occurred (i) the engagement in hostilities 
or an escalation of major hostilities by the United States or the declaration 
of war or a national emergency by the United States on or after the date 
hereof, (ii) any outbreak of major hostilities involving the United States, 
or a national or international calamity or emergency if the effect of such 
outbreak calamity or emergency would, in the Underwriter's reasonable 
judgment, make the offering or delivery of the Notes impracticable, (iii) 
suspension of trading in securities generally or a material adverse decline 
in value of securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange, the American 
Stock Exchange, the NASD Automated Quotation System (""Nasdaq'') or the NNM, 
or limitations on prices (other than limitations on hours or numbers of days 
of trading) for securities on either such exchange or system, (iv) the 
occurrence of any change in the business or properties of the Company which 
in the Underwriter's reasonable opinion materially and adversely impairs the 
investment quality of the securities or (v) declaration of a banking 
moratorium by either federal or New York State authorities.  If this 
Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to this Section 8, there shall be no 
liability of the Company to the Underwriter and no liability of the 
Underwriter to the Company; provided, however, that in the event of any such 
termination the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriter 
from all costs or expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of 
the Company under this Agreement, including all costs and expenses referred 
to in paragraphs (i) and (j) of Section 6 hereof.

     9.  CONDITIONS OF UNDERWRITERS' OBLIGATIONS.  The obligations of the 
several Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Stock shall be subject to 
the performance by the Company of its obligations to be performed hereunder 
at or prior to the Closing Date or any later date on which Option Stock is to 
be purchased, as the case may be, and to the following further conditions:

     (a) The Registration Statement shall have become effective; and no stop 
order suspending the effectiveness thereof shall have been issued and no 
proceedings therefor shall be pending or threatened by the Commission.

     (b) The legality and sufficiency of the sale of the Stock hereunder and 
the validity and form of the certificates representing the Stock, all 
corporate proceedings and other legal matters incident to the foregoing, and 
the form of the Registration Statement and of the Prospectus (except as to 
the financial statements contained therein), shall have been approved at or 
prior to the Closing Date by Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & 
Hachigian, LLP, counsel for the Underwriters (""GDSVF&H'').

     (c) You shall have received from Hale and Dorr, counsel for the Company, 
and from Woodcock Washburn Kurtz Mackiewicz & Norris, patent counsel for the 
Company, opinions, addressed to the Underwriters and dated the Closing Date, 
covering the matters set forth in Annex A and Annex B hereto, respectively, 
and if Option Stock is purchased at any date after the

                                     16
<PAGE>

Closing Date, additional opinions from each such counsel addressed to the 
Underwriters and dated such later date, confirming that the statements 
expressed as of the Closing Date in such opinions remain valid as of such 
later date.

     (d) You shall be satisfied that (i) as of the Effective Date, the 
statements made in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus were true 
and correct and neither the Registration Statement nor the Prospectus omitted 
to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in 
order to make the statements therein, respectively, not misleading, (ii) 
since the Effective Date, no event has occurred which was required by law to 
have been set forth in a supplement or amendment to the Prospectus which has 
not been set forth in such a supplement or amendment, (iii) since the 
respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration 
Statement in the form in which it originally became effective and the 
Prospectus contained therein, there has not been any material adverse change 
or any development involving a prospective material adverse change in or 
affecting the business, properties, financial condition, results of 
operations or prospects of the Company, whether or not arising from 
transactions in the ordinary course of business, and, since such dates, 
except in the ordinary course of business, the Company has not entered into 
any material transaction not referred to in the Registration Statement in the 
form in which it originally became effective and the Prospectus contained 
therein, (iv) the Company does not have any material contingent obligations 
which are not disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (v) 
there are not any pending or known threatened legal proceedings to which the 
Company is a party or of which property of the Company is the subject which 
are material and which are not disclosed in the Registration Statement and 
the Prospectus, (vi) there are not any franchises, contracts, leases or other 
documents which are required to be filed as exhibits to the Registration 
Statement which have not been filed as required, (vii) the representations 
and warranties of the Company herein are true and correct in all material 
respects as of the Closing Date or any later date on which Option Stock is to 
be purchased, as the case may be, and (viii) there has not been any material 
change in the market for securities in general or in political, financial or 
economic conditions from those reasonably foreseeable as to render it 
impracticable, in your reasonable judgment, to make a public offering of the 
Stock or a material adverse change in market levels for securities in general 
(or those of companies in particular) or financial or economic conditions 
which render it inadvisable to proceed.

     (e) You shall have received on the Closing Date and on any later date on 
which Option Stock is purchased a certificate, dated the Closing Date or such 
later date, as the case may be, and signed by the President and the Chief 
Financial Officer of the Company, on behalf of the Company, stating that the 
respective signers of said certificate have carefully examined the 
Registration Statement in the form in which it originally became effective 
and the Prospectus contained therein and any supplements or amendments 
thereto, and that the statements included in clauses (i) through (vii) of 
paragraph (d) of this Section 9 are true and correct.

     (f) You shall have received from Arthur Andersen LLP, a letter or 
letters, addressed to the Underwriters and dated the Closing Date and any 
later date on which Option Stock

                                     17
<PAGE>

is purchased, confirming that they are independent public accountants with 
respect to the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act and the 
applicable published rules and regulations thereunder and based upon the 
procedures described in their letter delivered to you concurrently with the 
execution of this Agreement (herein called the Original Letter), but carried 
out to a date not more than five (5) business days prior to the Closing Date 
or such later date on which Option Stock is purchased (i) confirming, to the 
extent true, that the statements and conclusions set forth in the Original 
Letter are accurate as of the Closing Date or such later date, as the case 
may be, and (ii) setting forth any revisions and additions to the statements 
and conclusions set forth in the Original Letter which are necessary to 
reflect any changes in the facts described in the Original Letter since the 
date of the Original Letter or to reflect the availability of more recent 
financial statements, data or information.  The letters shall not disclose 
any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or 
affecting the business or properties of the Company which, in your reasonable 
judgment, makes it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the public 
offering of the Stock or the purchase of the Option Stock as contemplated by 
the Prospectus.

     (g) You shall have received from Arthur Andersen LLP a letter stating 
that their review of the Company's system of internal accounting controls, to 
the extent they deemed necessary in establishing the scope of their 
examination of the Company's financial statements as at December 31, 1995, 
did not disclose any weakness in internal controls that they considered to be 
material weaknesses.

     (h) You shall have been furnished evidence in usual written or 
telegraphic form from the appropriate authorities of the several 
jurisdictions, or other evidence satisfactory to you, of the qualification 
referred to in paragraph (f) of Section 6 hereof.

     (i) Prior to the Closing Date, the Stock to be issued and sold by the 
Company shall have been duly authorized for listing by the NNM upon official 
notice of issuance.

     (j) On or prior to the Closing Date, you shall have received from all 
directors, and executive officers of the Company and Idanta Partners Ltd. 
agreements in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives that such 
stockholders will not, without the prior written consent of Hambrecht & Quist 
LLC on behalf of the Underwriters, during the period ending ninety (90) days 
after the date of the final Prospectus for the public offering, (1) offer, 
pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, 
purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant 
to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any 
shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or 
exchangeable for Common Stock, or (2) enter into any swap or similar 
agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership 
of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or 
(2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other 
securities, in cash or otherwise, and whether any such transaction relates to 
Common Stock then owned or thereafter acquired by such holder.


                                     18

<PAGE>

     All the agreements, opinions, certificates and letters mentioned above 
or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the 
provisions hereof only if GDSVF&H, counsel for the Underwriters, shall be 
reasonably satisfied that they comply in form and scope.

     In case any of the conditions specified in this Section 9 shall not be 
fulfilled, this Agreement may be terminated by you by giving notice to the 
Company.  Any such termination shall be without liability of the Company to 
the Underwriters and without liability of the Underwriters to the Company; 
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) in the event of such termination, the Company 
agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriters from all costs or 
expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company under 
this Agreement, including all costs and expenses referred to in paragraphs 
(i) and (j) of Section 6 hereof, and (ii) if this Agreement is terminated by 
you because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company 
to perform any agreement herein, to fulfill any of the conditions herein, or 
to comply with any provision hereof other than by reason of a default by any 
of the Underwriters, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters severally 
upon demand for all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and 
disbursements of counsel) that shall have been incurred by them in connection 
with transactions contemplated hereby.

    10. REIMBURSEMENT OF CERTAIN EXPENSES.  In addition to its other 
obligations under Section 7 of this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to 
reimburse on a quarterly basis the Underwriters for all reasonable legal and 
other expenses incurred in connection with investigating or defending any 
claim, action, investigation, inquiry or other proceeding arising out of or 
based upon any statement or omission, or any alleged statement or omission, 
described in paragraph (a) of Section 7 of this Agreement, notwithstanding 
the absence of a judicial determination as to the propriety and 
enforceability of the obligations under this Section 10 and the possibility 
that such payments might later be held to be improper; provided, however, 
that (i) to the extent any such payment is ultimately held to be improper, 
the persons receiving such payments shall promptly refund them, (ii) such 
persons shall provide to the Company, upon request, reasonable assurances of 
their ability to effect any refund, when and if due and (iii) such persons 
shall not be entitled to reimbursement under this Section 10 if there shall 
have been a judicial determination or agreement among the Company and such 
persons that they are not entitled to payment of their reasonable legal 
expenses and other expenses pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement.

     11. PERSONS ENTITLED TO BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT.  This Agreement shall 
inure to the benefit of the Company and the several Underwriters and, with 
respect to the provisions of Section 7 hereof, the several parties (in 
addition to the Company and the several Underwriters) indemnified under the 
provisions of said Section 7, and their respective personal representatives, 
successors and assigns.  Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be 
construed to give to any other person, firm or corporation any legal or 
equitable remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any 
provision herein contained.  The term ""successors and assigns'' as herein 
used shall not include any purchaser, as such purchaser, of any of the Stock 
from any of the several Underwriters.

                                     19

<PAGE>

     12. NOTICES.  Except as otherwise provided herein, all communications 
hereunder shall be in writing and, if to the Underwriters, shall be mailed, 
copied or delivered to Hambrecht & Quist LLC, One Bush Street, San Francisco, 
California 94104, Attention:  Daniel H. Case, III (with a copy to the General 
Counsel); and if to the Company, shall be mailed, telegraphed or delivered to 
it at its office, Attention:  Kim B. Edwards or Leonard C. Purkis (with a 
copy to Hale and Dorr, Attention: Patrick J. Rondeau, Esq.).  All notices 
given by telegraph shall be promptly confirmed by letter.

     13. MISCELLANEOUS.  The reimbursement, indemnification and contribution 
agreements contained in this Agreement and the representations, warranties 
and covenants in this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect 
regardless of (a) any termination of this Agreement, (b) any investigation 
made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or controlling person thereof, or by 
or on behalf of the Company or its respective directors or officers, and (c) 
delivery and payment for the Stock under this Agreement; provided, however, 
that if this Agreement is terminated prior to the Closing Date, the 
provisions of paragraph (k) of Section 6 hereof shall be of no further force 
or effect.

     This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of 
which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute 
one and the same instrument.

     THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, 
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.








                                     20

<PAGE>

     Please sign and return to the Company the enclosed duplicates of this 
letter, whereupon this letter will become a binding agreement among the 
Company and the several Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

                                   Very truly yours,

                                   IOMEGA CORPORATION


                                   By: _________________________
                                       Kim B. Edwards
                                       President and Chief Executive Officer













The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed
and accepted as of the date first above written.

HAMBRECHT & QUIST LLC
J.P. MORGAN & CO.
By Hambrecht & Quist LLC



By: ___________________________
    Managing Director

Acting on behalf of the several Underwriters,
including themselves, named in Schedule I hereto.



                                     21
<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE I

                                  UNDERWRITERS

                      Underwriters                       Number of Shares
                      ------------                        to be Purchased
                                                         -----------------

           Hambrecht & Quist LLC .........................
           J.P. Morgan & Co. .............................


             Total .......................................   5,000,000
                                                             ---------
                                                             ---------






















                                     22

<PAGE>

                                   ANNEX A


Matters to be Covered in the Opinion of
Hale and Dorr
Counsel for the Company

     (i) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a 
corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, is duly 
qualified as a foreign corporation and in good standing in California, 
Georgia, Massachusetts, Minnesota, Missouri, New Jersey, Ohio, Pennsylvania, 
Texas, Utah, Virginia and Washington and is so qualified and in good standing 
in each jurisdiction in which, to its knowledge, the ownership or leasing of 
property requires such qualification (except where the failure to be so 
qualified would not have a material adverse effect on the business, 
properties, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations or 
prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as whole and has full 
corporate power and authority to own or lease its properties and conduct its 
business as described in the Registration Statement;

    (ii) The Company owns of record, and to our knowledge owns beneficially 
all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of each domestic subsidiary of 
the Company, and each domestic subsidiary of the Company has been duly 
incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under 
the laws of the State of Delaware;

   (iii) The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 5,000,000 
shares of Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, none of which are issued and 
outstanding, and 150,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.03 1/3 par value, of 
which there are issued and outstanding of record __________ shares as of the 
close of business on ___________; proper corporate proceedings have been 
taken validly to authorize such authorized capital stock; all of the 
outstanding shares of such capital stock have been duly and validly issued 
and are fully paid and nonassessable; all of the Underwritten Stock, 
including any Option Stock purchased on or after the Closing Date, when 
issued and delivered to and paid for by the Underwriters as provided in the 
Underwriting Agreement, will have been duly and validly issued and be fully 
paid and nonassessable; no preemptive rights or rights of refusal exist with 
respect to the Stock, or the issue and sale thereof, pursuant to the Restated 
Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company; and, to the knowledge 
of such counsel, there are no contractual preemptive rights, rights of first 
refusal or rights of co-sale which exist with respect to the issue and sale 
of the Stock that have not been waived.  Except as disclosed in the 
Registration Statement and except for options granted to the Company's 
employees, directors or consultants subsequent to March 31, 1996, to the 
knowledge of such counsel, the Company does not have outstanding any options 
to purchase, or any other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, any 
securities or obligations convertible into, or any contracts or commitments 
to issue or sell shares of its capital stock or any such options, rights, 
convertible securities or obligations;

                                     23
<PAGE>


     (iv) The Registration Statement has become effective under the 
Securities Act and, to such counsel's knowledge, no stop order suspending the 
effectiveness of the Registration Statement or suspending or preventing the 
use of the Prospectus is in effect and no proceedings for that purpose have 
been instituted or are pending or threatened by the Commission.

      (v) The Registration Statement at the Effective Date and the Prospectus 
and each amendment and supplement thereto (except as to the financial 
statements and schedules and other financial data contained therein, as to 
which such counsel need express no opinion) complied as to form in all 
material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange 
Act and with the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder;

     (vi) The information required to be set forth in the Registration 
Statement in answer to Items 9 and 10 (insofar as Item 10 relates to the 
beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock of the Company by partners of 
such counsel) of Form S-3 is accurately and adequately set forth therein in 
all material respects or no response is required with respect to such Items; 
the statements (1) in the Prospectus under the captions ""Business - Legal 
Proceedings,'' and ""Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference'' and 
(2) in the Registration Statement in Items 14 and 15, in each case insofar as 
such statements constitute summaries of legal matters, documents or 
proceedings referred to therein, fairly and correctly present the information 
called for with respect to such legal matters, documents and proceedings in 
all material aspects; and, to such counsel's knowledge, the description of 
the Company's stock option plans and the options granted and which may be 
granted thereunder set forth or incorporated by reference in the Prospectus 
accurately and fairly presents the information required to be shown with 
respect to said plans and options to the extent required by the Securities 
Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder;

     (vii) To such counsel's knowledge, there are no franchises, contracts, 
leases, documents or legal proceedings, pending or threatened, which in the 
opinion of such counsel are of a character required to be described in the 
Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the 
Registration Statement, which are not described and filed as required; such 
franchises, contracts, leases, documents and legal proceedings as are 
summarized in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus fairly and 
correctly present the information disclosed with respect thereto in all 
material aspects;

    (viii) The Underwriting Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and 
delivered by the Company;

      (ix) The issue and sale by the Company of the shares of Stock sold by 
the Company as contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement will not conflict 
with, or result in a breach of, the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or 
Bylaws of the Company or any material agreement or instrument known to such 
counsel

                                     24

<PAGE>

to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or its assets are 
bound or any applicable law or regulation, or so far as is known to such 
counsel, any order, writ, injunction or decree, of any jurisdiction, court or 
governmental instrumentality to which the Company is a party or by which the 
Company or its assets are bound;

        (x) The statements in the Prospectus under the caption ""Description 
of Capital Stock'', insofar as such statements purport to summarize certain 
provisions of documents or agreements specifically referred to therein or 
matters of law, are correct in all material respects;

       (xi) To such counsel's knowledge, all holders of securities of the 
Company having rights to the registration of shares of Common Stock, or other 
securities, because of the filing of the Registration Statement by the 
Company have waived such rights or such rights have expired by reason of 
lapse of time following notification of the Company's intent to file the 
Registration Statement;

      (xii) No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or 
governmental agency or body is required for the consummation of the 
transactions contemplated in the Underwriting Agreement, except such as have 
been obtained under the Securities Act and such as may be required under 
state securities or blue sky laws or under the rules of the National 
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. in connection with the purchase and 
distribution of the Stock by the Underwriters.

    (xiii) The Company is not an ""investment company'' or an entity 
""controlled'' by an ""investment company,'' as such terms are defined in The 
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; and

     (xiv) The Stock to be sold under the Agreement to the Underwriters is 
duly authorized for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market.

     Counsel rendering the foregoing opinion may rely as to questions of law 
not involving the laws of the United States or of the State of Delaware, upon 
opinions of local counsel satisfactory in form and scope to counsel for the 
Underwriters. Copies of any opinions so relied upon shall be delivered to the 
Representatives and to counsel for the Underwriters and the foregoing opinion 
shall also state that counsel knows of no reason the Underwriters are not 
entitled to rely upon the opinions of such local counsel.

     In addition to the matters set forth above, counsel rendering the 
foregoing opinion shall also include a statement to the effect that nothing 
has come to the attention of such counsel that leads them to believe that the 
Registration Statement (except as to the financial statements and schedules 
and other financial and statistical data contained or incorporated by 
reference therein, as to which such counsel need not express any opinion or 


                                     25

<PAGE>

belief) at the Effective Date contained any untrue statement of a material 
fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or 
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or that the 
Prospectus (except as to the financial statements and schedules and other 
financial and statistical data contained or incorporated by reference 
therein, as to which such counsel need not express any opinion or belief) as 
of its date or at the Closing Date (or any later date on which Option Stock 
is purchased), contained or contains any untrue statement of a material fact 
or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the 
statements therein, in light of the circumstances as under which they were 
made, not misleading























                                     26

<PAGE>

                                  ANNEX B

Matters to be Covered in the Opinion of
Woodcock Washburn Kurtz Mackiewicz & Norris
Patent Counsel for the Company

     Such counsel are familiar with the technology used by the Company in its 
business and the manner of its use thereof and have read the Registration 
Statement and the Prospectus, including particularly the portions of the 
Registration Statement and the Prospectus referring to patents, trade 
secrets, or other proprietary information or materials and:

     (i)  The statements in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus 
under the captions ""Risk Factors--Dependence on Proprietary Technology'' and 
""Business--Proprietary Rights,'' to the best of such counsel's knowledge and 
belief, are accurate and complete statements or summaries of the matters 
therein set forth and nothing has come to such counsel's attention that 
causes such counsel to believe that the above-described portions of the 
Registration Statement and the Prospectus contain any untrue statement of a 
material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein 
or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the 
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

    (ii)   To the best of such counsel's knowledge and except as referred to 
in the Prospectus under the captions and disclosures referred to in paragraph 
(i) above, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending relating to 
patent rights that could materially affect the Company's business and, to the 
best of such counsel's knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or 
contemplated by governmental authorities or others;

   (iii)  To the best of such counsel's knowledge, the Company is not 
infringing or otherwise violating any patents, trade secrets, trademarks, 
service marks or other proprietary information or materials of others, which 
in the judgment of such counsel could affect materially the Company's 
business, and to the best of such counsel's knowledge there are no 
infringements by others of any of the Company's patents, trade secrets or 
other proprietary information or materials which in the judgment of such 
counsel could affect materially the use thereof by the Company; and




                                     27

<PAGE>

    (iv)  To the best of such counsel's knowledge, the Company owns or 
possesses sufficient licenses or other rights to use all patents, trade 
secrets, or other proprietary information or materials necessary to conduct 
the business now being or proposed to be conducted by the Company as 
described in the Prospectus.
































                                     28

<PAGE>


                          HALE AND DORR
                        Counselors at Law
           60 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109
                617-526-6000 * FAX 617-526-5000



                              May 29, 1996


Iomega Corporation
1821 West Iomega Way
Roy, Utah 84067

Ladies and Gentlemen:

    This opinion is furnished to you in connection with a Registration 
Statement on Form S-3 (the "Registration Statement"), filed with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") under the Securities 
Act of 1933, as amended, for the registration of 5,750,000 shares of Common 
Stock, $.03 1/3 par value per share (the "Shares"), of Iomega Corporation, a 
Delaware corporation (the "Company"), including 750,000 shares issuable upon 
exercise of an overallotment option granted to the Company.

    The Shares are to be sold by the Company pursuant to an underwriting 
agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement") to be entered into by and among the 
Company, and Hambrecht & Quist LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as 
representatives of the several underwriters named in the Underwriting 
Agreement (the "Representatives").

    We have acted as counsel for the Company in connection with the issue and
sale by the Company of the Shares.  We have examined signed copies of the
Registration Statement and all exhibits thereto, all as filed with the
Commission.  We have also examined and relied upon the original or copies of
minutes of meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors of the
Company, stock record books of the Company, a copy of the By-Laws of the
Company, a copy of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company,
as amended, and such other documents as we have deemed
necessary for purposes of rendering the opinions hereinafter set forth.




Washington, D.C.                 Boston, MA                   Manchester, NH
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      HALE AND DORR IS A PARTNERSHIP INCLUDING PROFESSIONAL CORPORATIONS


<PAGE>

Iomega Corporation
May 29, 1996
Page 2

    In our examination of the foregoing documents, we have assumed the 
genuineness of all signatures and the authenticity of all documents submitted 
to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents 
submitted to us as copies, and the authenticity of the originals of such 
latter documents.  

    We assume that the appropriate action will be taken, prior to the offer and
sale of the Shares in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement, to register
and qualify the Shares for sale under all applicable state securities
or "blue sky" laws.

    Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the
Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued and sold by the Company
pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, such Shares will be validly issued,
fully paid and non-assessable.

    We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as part of the Registration
Statement and to the use of our name therein and in the related Prospectus under
the caption "Legal Matters."  

    It is understood that this opinion is to be used only in connection with 
the offer and sale of the Shares while the Registration Statement is in 
effect.

    This opinion is based upon currently existing statutes, rules, regulations
and judicial decisions, and we disclaim any obligation to advise you of any 
change in any of these sources of law or subsequent legal or factual
developments which might affect any matters or opinions set forth herein.

    Please note that we are opining only as to the matters expressly set 
forth herein, and no opinion should be inferred as to any other matters.  


                                                           Very truly yours,

                                                           /s/ HALE AND DOOR
                                                           ------------------
                                                           HALE AND DORR


<PAGE>


                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.2

                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

    As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our 
reports (and to all references to our Firm) included in or made a part of this 
registration statement.

                                           ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Salt Lake City, Utah
May 29, 1996



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission